summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/25928.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '25928.txt')
-rw-r--r--25928.txt7777
1 files changed, 7777 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/25928.txt b/25928.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e70123
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25928.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7777 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Norman Vallery, by W.H.G. Kingston
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Norman Vallery
+ How to Overcome Evil with Good
+
+Author: W.H.G. Kingston
+
+Illustrator: A. Marie
+
+Release Date: June 29, 2008 [EBook #25928]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK NORMAN VALLERY ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Nick Hodson of London, England
+
+
+
+
+Norman Vallery, by W.H.G. Kingston.
+
+________________________________________________________________________
+This book has a strange theme, but it is very well carried out. Norman
+Vallery is a small boy, about seven years old or less. His father has
+insisted that he should be brought up to believe that he should be
+allowed to do exactly whatever he wished. The result was a totally
+unpleasant child, unkind to animals, to his sister, and to all others
+around him. This is well described in the text, but we must also say
+that the numerous illustrations bring out his unpleasantness in a very
+clever way. In fact the pictures are a remarkable record of Victorian
+childhood, and are worth studying for their own sake.
+
+Norman had lived with his parents in India, where his father was a
+soldier. His sister, a little older, had been brought back to England
+some years before, to be brought up by her kindly old grandmother. That
+was the custom in those days. At the start of the story Norman and his
+parents are arriving in England, but right from the start he behaves
+intolerably.
+
+Eventually various people treat him with kindness, and he begins to see
+that kindness is a more profitable way to work with others. Furthermore
+there is a serious incident in which he is hurt, really through his own
+fault, and in which another child to whom Norman has been unkind proves
+to be his saviour. Ultimately he goes away to a proper boarding school
+where he gets excellent marks for his behaviour. He is a changed boy!
+
+________________________________________________________________________
+NORMAN VALLERY, BY W.H.G. KINGSTON.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER ONE.
+
+JUST COME FROM INDIA.
+
+"Are they really coming to-morrow, granny?" exclaimed Fanny Vallery, a
+fair, blue-eyed, sweet-looking girl, as she gazed eagerly at the face of
+Mrs Leslie, who was seated in an arm-chair, near the drawing-room
+window. "Oh, how I long to see papa, and mamma, and dear little Norman!
+I have thought, and thought so much about them; and India is so far off
+it seemed as if they would never reach England."
+
+"Your mamma writes me word from Paris that they hope to cross the
+Channel to-night, and be here early in the afternoon," answered Mrs
+Leslie, looking at the open letter which she held in her hand. "I too
+long to see your dear mamma; and had it not been for you, my own
+darling, I should have missed her even more than I have done; but you
+have ever been a good, obedient, loving child, and my greatest comfort
+during her absence."
+
+Mrs Leslie, as she spoke, drew her grandchild towards her, and kissed
+her brow.
+
+Fanny said nothing, but, pressing the hand which held hers, turned her
+eyes towards her grandmamma's face, while the consciousness that the
+praise was not wrongly bestowed, caused a bright gleam of pleasure to
+pass over her countenance.
+
+Mrs Leslie, who had brought up Fanny from her infancy, lived in a
+pretty villa a few miles from London, surrounded by shrubberies, with a
+lawn and beautifully-kept flower-garden in front. On one side was a
+poultry-yard, over which Fanny presided as the reigning sovereign; and
+even Trusty, the spaniel, who considered himself if not the ruler at all
+events the guardian of the rest of the premises, when he ventured into
+her domain always followed humbly at her heels, never presuming to
+interfere with her feathered subjects. More than once he had been known
+to turn tail and fly as if for his life when Phoebe, the bantam hen,
+with extended neck and outspread wings had run after him, as he had by
+chance approached nearer to her brood of fledglings than she had
+approved of.
+
+Fanny with her fowls, Trusty, and Kitty, the tortoiseshell cat; and her
+doll, which had a house of its own fitted with furniture; and, more than
+all, with the consciousness of her granny's affection, considered
+herself one of the happiest little girls in existence. Everybody in the
+house, indeed, loved her; and she was kind, and gentle, and loving to
+every one in return.
+
+Her mamma--Mrs Leslie's only daughter--had married Captain Vallery, an
+officer in the Indian army, while he was at home on leave, and had
+accompanied him to the East. She returned three or four years
+afterwards, in consequence of ill health, bringing with her little
+Fanny, who, when she went back to her husband, was left under charge of
+her mother, Mrs Leslie.
+
+Great as was Mrs Vallery's grief at parting from her child, she well
+knew, from her own experience, with what wise and loving care she would
+be brought up.
+
+Captain Vallery was of a French Protestant family, but having been
+partly educated in England, and having English relations, he had entered
+the British army. He was considered an honourable and brave officer,
+and was a very kind husband, but Mrs Vallery discovered that he had
+certain peculiar notions which were not likely to make him bring up his
+children as she would desire. One of his notions was, that boys
+especially, in order to develop their character, as he said, should
+always be allowed to have their own way.
+
+"But, my dear husband," she pleaded, "suppose that way should prove to
+be a bad way, what then will be the consequence?"
+
+"Oh, but our little Norman is a perfect cherub, surely he can have
+nothing bad about him, and I must insist that no one curbs his fine and
+noble temper, lest his young spirit should be broken and irretrievably
+ruined," answered Captain Vallery. "I say, let the boy have his own
+way, and you will see what a fine fellow he will become."
+
+Mrs Vallery sighed--she knew that it would be useless to contend with
+her husband, though she feared, should his plan be persevered in, it
+would entail many a severe trial on her boy in future years.
+
+Of this Mrs Leslie had some suspicions, though Fanny, who had pictured
+her little brother as all she could wish him to be, looked forward with
+unmitigated pleasure to having him as her companion.
+
+With eager interest she assisted Susan, the housemaid, in preparing the
+rooms for the expected guests; for she was a notable little woman, and
+she had been encouraged by her grandmamma to busy herself in household
+matters. She with much taste arranged the bouquets in the vases on her
+mamma's dressing-table, and then she went into the little room next her
+own, in which Norman was to sleep, and placed some flowers in that also,
+as well as three or four of her prettiest picture-books, which she had
+carefully preserved, thinking that they might amuse him. Gently, too,
+she smoothed down his pillow, and, after everything was in order, went
+back delighted to make her report to granny.
+
+How her heart beat when a carriage drove up to the door, with a
+gentleman and lady in it, whom she knew must be her papa and mamma,
+while on the coach box was seated a young boy. "What a fine, noble,
+little fellow he is," she thought to herself, as the boy scrambled down
+without waiting for the assistance of any one.
+
+The next instant she scarcely knew what was happening--every one seemed
+so full of confused delight. She felt that she was in her mother's
+arms, who, still holding her, threw herself into those of granny. Then
+her papa, a fine, handsome gentleman, took her up and kissed her again
+and again; and next, she saw the little boy who had come in with a whip
+in his hand; she sprang towards him exclaiming, "You are Norman!" and,
+following the impulse of heart, covered his face with kisses.
+
+"Yes, that's my name," answered the boy, "and you are the sister Fanny I
+was told I should see; and is that old woman there granny? Will she
+want to kiss me as you have done? I hope she won't, for I do not choose
+to be treated as a baby."
+
+Happily Mrs Leslie did not hear these remarks; they grieved Fanny
+sorely.
+
+"Oh but dear granny will love you as she does me, and you must come to
+her as I am sure she wants to see you," she whispered gently. "Then you
+shall go out with me, and I will show you my poultry and Trusty and all
+sorts of things, which I am sure you will like."
+
+"Come along then," said Norman, "I shall like to see the things you talk
+of."
+
+"Not surely till you have spoken to granny, but afterwards I will gladly
+take you," said Fanny, and she led him up to Mrs Leslie.
+
+Though his grandmamma kissed him several times, he behaved better than
+might have been expected, restraining for a wonder his impatience,
+somewhat awed perhaps by the dignified manner of the old lady.
+
+"And now, Fanny, I am ready to see what you have got to show me," he
+exclaimed, as Mrs Leslie taking her daughter's arm led her into the
+drawing-room.
+
+Captain Vallery cast a proud glance at his two beautiful children as
+hand in hand they ran upstairs.
+
+"Here is my doll's house," said Fanny, as she led Norman into her neat
+bed-chamber; "see, it has a drawing-room, with sofas and chairs and
+looking-glasses, and a dining-room, with a long table and plates and
+dishes and knives and forks on it; and this is the kitchen, with its
+stove and pots and pans; and here is the bedroom, where little Nancy
+sleeps. She is a dear good child, and never cries, but as I have had
+her for a long time, she is not as pretty as she used to be. I tell
+granny that she was a poor neglected little orphan, and that she came
+begging at the door one day, and as she had no one to look after her, I
+took her in, and that is the reason she has so many knocks and bruises."
+
+Fanny, as she spoke, drew out a small doll, dressed in a cotton frock,
+from the doll's house, and held it up to Norman.
+
+"It does look just like a wretched beggar child," he observed; "I wonder
+you can care for such a thing. If I were you I should throw it out of
+the window, and tell papa he must get another much prettier, dressed
+like a fine lady, who would be fit to walk out with you, and you need
+not be ashamed of, as I should think you must be of Nancy, as you call
+her."
+
+"Oh, but I love Nancy very much," said Fanny; "she and I have known each
+other very many years, and I would not throw her away on any account.
+If I ever get a finer doll, I can let Nancy attend on her, I am sure she
+will be very glad to do that, for she is not a bit proud, and wishes, I
+am sure, to be a good girl and please everybody."
+
+"You may think more of her than I do," remarked Norman, "and now, as I
+am not a baby, and do not care about dolls, won't you show me some of
+the other things you talk of?"
+
+"Oh yes!" said Fanny, "I will take you to my poultry-yard, but I must
+carry Nancy with me as she has not been out all day, and she will like
+to see me feed my hens. They are all very fond of me, and I hope they
+will learn to know you, Norman, too, and come when you call them, and
+eat out of your hand, as they do out of mine, especially Thisbe, who is
+the tamest of all, and the fondest of me."
+
+"I do not know that I care about cocks and hens and those sort of
+creatures, but I will go with you," answered Norman, tucking his whip
+under his arm and accompanying Fanny.
+
+"O Miss Fanny," said Susan, whom they met on the way with a china vase
+in her hand, "your grandmamma says that your papa is fond of flowers,
+and that we ought to have put some on the mantelpiece of his
+dressing-room. Will you come and help me to pick them, and will you
+arrange them, as you can do so beautifully?"
+
+Fanny gladly undertook to do as Susan asked her, and told Norman that
+after she had picked the flowers she would take him into the
+poultry-yard. Putting down her doll with her back against a clump of
+box, she, with a smile at her own conceit, begged him while she was
+engaged to try and amuse Nancy by telling her something about India or
+his voyage home. "Stuff!" he replied in a grumpy tone, and turned away,
+while his sister began to pick the flowers. One side of the yard,
+composed of trellis work, it should be said, was close to the garden, so
+that the fowls running about within could easily be seen through the
+bars. A door, also of trellis work, opened from the garden into the
+yard.
+
+Norman though he did not care much about seeing the poultry, felt vexed
+and angry that Susan should venture to draw off his sister's attention
+from himself, and stood with his finger in his mouth watching them as
+they were engaged in picking the flowers.
+
+The hens which had espied their young mistress, had gathered near the
+side of the yard, and Thisbe, Fanny's favourite hen, was making
+strenuous efforts to get out. Norman had strolled up to the door, and
+finding that he could lift the latch opened it, and out ran Mistress
+Thisbe. Fanny, not observing what had happened just then, called to
+Norman, and asked him to hold the vase, that she might arrange the
+flowers within it. He had taken it in his hands, when at that moment
+Trusty, who had been snuffing about the rooms, not perfectly satisfied
+as yet that the newly arrived strangers had a right to enter them,
+espying Fanny in the garden came bounding towards her. He gave vent as
+he saw Norman to a short bark, as much as to ask, "Who are you?" but
+Norman, not accustomed to dogs in India, and already in no very amiable
+mood, became alarmed, and dashing the vase at Trusty's head, seized his
+whip, with which he began lashing about in all directions at everybody
+and everything he saw near him.
+
+Susan seeing his alarm rushed forward, intending to assist him, but what
+between anger and fear his temper was now fairly aroused, and instead of
+thanking her, he turned round and bestowed on her a lash with his whip,
+which made her run off to call Mrs Vallery, thinking that his mamma
+would be better able to manage him than she could.
+
+His gentle sister came in for the next assault of his blind rage, and
+she fled with her doll, which she had snatched up in her arms, feeling
+that the wisest thing just then to do was to get out of his way.
+
+Trusty, unaccustomed to the blows which Norman now liberally bestowed,
+scampered off in one direction, while Thisbe the hen took to flight in
+another, and the young gentleman remained as he believed himself the
+victor of the field, shouting out:--
+
+"I will have no one interfere with me, either maid-servants or dogs or
+fowls: I will soon show who is master here!" and again he shouted and
+bawled and waved his whip.
+
+Poor Fanny who had never before seen a person in a passion, stood by
+trembling at a little distance while Master Norman walked up and down
+shouting out that he would whip any one who came in his way, and that
+the ugly dog would soon learn what to expect if he dared to bark at him
+again. Fanny entreated him to be quiet. "I am sure Trusty had no wish
+to frighten you, Norman," she said, "if you will keep your whip quiet
+and call to him he will come up wagging his tail and soon be friends
+with you."
+
+Norman, however, instead of doing as his sister advised, flourished his
+whip more vehemently and shouted louder than ever, walking up and down
+and trampling on the flowers which had been scattered on the ground.
+
+In the meantime Susan had reached the drawing-room where Mrs Vallery
+was reclining on the sofa to rest after the fatigue of her journey.
+
+"Please marm," said Susan as she entered, "I am sorry to say that the
+young gentleman is in such a tantrum that I do not know what to do with
+him, and I am afraid he will make himself ill. He won't listen to his
+sister or to me, but if you will just come and speak to him, perhaps he
+will be quiet."
+
+"If you will excuse me, mamma, I will go to the poor child," said Mrs
+Vallery rising.
+
+"Could you not let Susan bring him here? He of course will come if she
+tells him that you have sent for him," observed Mrs Leslie.
+
+"I am afraid that he might refuse," answered Mrs Vallery, "he is not
+always as obedient as I could desire."
+
+Mrs Vallery hurried out to Norman.
+
+"My dear child, what is the matter?" she exclaimed, as she saw him still
+flourishing his whip and looking very angry and red in the face.
+
+"The hen flew at me, and the dog barked, and I threw the jar at their
+heads, and Fanny has been scolding ever since, and I will not stand it,"
+shouted Norman.
+
+"Come in with me, my dear child," said Mrs Vallery soothingly. "I am
+sure Fanny did not intend to scold you."
+
+"Indeed, I did not, mamma," cried Fanny, running up and kissing Norman.
+"Trusty barked only in play, and I am sure would not hurt him for the
+world. You must make friends with Trusty, Norman, and he will then do
+anything you tell him, and will never bark at you again."
+
+At length Norman, becoming calmer, consented to accompany his mamma into
+the house. Fanny ran upstairs and brought down one of the picture-books
+with the pictures, in which she tried to amuse him by telling him
+stories about them, for she found that he was unable to read the
+descriptions which were placed below them, or on the opposite pages.
+
+At last she saw that he had fallen asleep in the arm-chair on which he
+was seated, so she put a cushion under his head that he might rest more
+comfortably, and finding that he was not likely to awake, she stole out
+that she might gather some more flowers instead of those which had been
+scattered on the ground when Norman broke the vase, and which he had
+trampled on while he was angrily stamping about on the gravel walk.
+
+She watched for an opportunity while her papa was out of his room, and
+placed the fresh bouquet on his mantelpiece.
+
+The day passed away without any other adventure, and as Norman having
+slept but little on board the steamer was very tired, Mrs Vallery
+carried him up to bed at an early hour.
+
+"Now, my dear child, kneel down and say your prayers," she said when she
+had undressed him.
+
+"No, I won't!" answered Norman, "I am too tired, I want to go to sleep."
+
+His mamma knew that it would be useless to argue with him, so with a
+sigh she placed him in his bed, and kneeling down, prayed that God would
+change him, for her love did not prevent her from seeing that his
+present heart was hard and bad, and that none of the qualities she
+desired him to possess could spring out of it.
+
+She sat by his bedside till he was asleep, and then went back to Mrs
+Leslie.
+
+Sweet Fanny felt sadly hurt and disappointed at the behaviour of her
+young brother, whom she had naturally expected to find as loving, and
+gentle, and ready to be pleased as she was. She consoled herself,
+however, with the thought that he was tired and out of sorts after his
+long journey, and hoped that the next day he would become more amiable
+and more like what she had fancied him to be.
+
+Sleep soon visited her eyelids and as she was a brisk active little
+girl, she was awake betimes.
+
+She had said her prayers and read a chapter in the Bible, which she did
+every morning to herself, and was waiting for Susan to assist her in
+putting on her frock when her mamma came into her room.
+
+"My dear Fanny, I shall be so much obliged to you if you will assist
+Norman to dress; I am afraid that I shall be late for breakfast if I
+attempt to do so, as he is apt to dawdle over the business when I go to
+him," said Mrs Vallery, giving her a kiss and admiring her fresh and
+blooming countenance. "He has been awake for some time, and as he does
+not know how to amuse himself he may perhaps be doing some mischief,"
+she continued. "He misses his ayah, his native nurse, who declined
+accompanying us farther than Alexandria, so you must be prepared to find
+him a little troublesome, but I hope he will improve."
+
+"Oh, I shall be delighted, mamma, to help Norman, and I daresay I shall
+have nothing to complain of," answered Fanny, and without waiting to put
+on her frock she accompanied her mamma to the door of Norman's room.
+
+"You will be a good boy, and let Fanny help you dress, my dear," said
+Mrs Vallery, putting in her head.
+
+Fanny entered as her mamma withdrew, and having kissed Norman, arranged
+his clothes in readiness to put them on. She then poured out some water
+for him to wash his face.
+
+"Shall I help you?" she asked, getting a towel ready.
+
+"No, I can do it myself," he answered, snatching the towel from her
+hand. "I don't like to have my nose rubbed up the wrong way, and my
+eyes filled with soapsuds. I can wash my face as much as it wants. It
+isn't dirty, I should think," and dipping a corner of the towel in the
+water he began to dab himself all over with it cautiously as if he was
+afraid of rubbing off his skin.
+
+"There, that will do," he said, drying himself much in the same fashion.
+"I am ready to put on my clothes."
+
+"But you have not washed your neck or shoulders at all," said Fanny,
+"and if you will let me, and bend down your head over the basin, I will
+pour the water upon it and give you a pleasant shower-bath this warm
+morning."
+
+"I have washed enough, and do not intend to wash any more," answered
+Norman in a determined tone. "Where is my vest?"
+
+Fanny, seeing that it would be useless to contend further on that point,
+assisted him to dress, and buttoned or tied the clothes which required
+buttoning or tying. When, however, she brought him his stockings, he
+took it into his head that he would not put them on.
+
+"I can do very well without them," he exclaimed, throwing himself into
+an arm-chair.
+
+"There, you stand by my side, and wait till I want you to help me, just
+as my ayah used to do--the wicked old thing would not come on with us
+because I one day spit at her and called her a name she did not like. I
+can talk Hindostanee as well as English, I suppose you can't," and
+Master Norman uttered some words which sounded in Fanny's ears very much
+like gibberish.
+
+She waited patiently for some minutes, hoping that her brother would let
+her finish his toilet. At last, knowing that it was nearly time for her
+to go down and make the tea, she brought his stockings and attempted to
+put one of them on.
+
+"I told you to wait till I was ready," he exclaimed, and as she
+determined if possible on this occasion not to be defeated, stooped down
+to draw on one of his stockings. He seized her by her hair, and began
+belabouring her with the other which he had snatched out of her hand.
+
+Fanny, supposing him to be in play, persevered in her efforts, but he
+continued to pull and pull at her hair, and to beat her about the
+shoulders so vehemently that he began to hurt her very much. She at
+first only laughed and cried out--
+
+"Pray be quiet, Norman, I shall have the stocking on in a moment."
+
+But as her brother pulled more savagely, she could with difficulty help
+shrieking from the pain he inflicted.
+
+"My dear Norman, do let go my hair," she exclaimed, "you are really
+hurting me very much."
+
+"I know I am, and I intend to do so. I want to show you the way I
+treated my ayah when she dared to do anything I did not like, and I do
+not choose to let you meddle with my feet. When I want to put on my
+stockings I will put them on myself," and Norman pulled and kicked and
+struggled so much that Fanny thought it would be wiser to give up
+attempting to draw on the stocking in the hopes that he would then
+release her hair from the grasp of his fingers. He was, however, in one
+of his evil moods, and, believing that he had gained a victory, instead
+of acting the part of a generous conqueror, he cruelly continued to tug
+at her hair till poor Fanny could no longer help shrieking out, "Let me
+go! let me go, Norman!"
+
+She might, to be sure, have grasped his arms, and holding them have
+released herself by force, but the idea of doing so did not enter her
+gentle heart, for in the attempt she must have inflicted pain, and she
+was ready to suffer anything rather than do that.
+
+Her shrieks brought Susan, who had come up to fasten her frock, into the
+room, and she, not at all approving of the way her favourite, Miss
+Fanny, was being treated, quickly grasped the young gentleman's wrists,
+and made him open his fingers and release his sister's hair.
+
+"You naughty boy, how dare you behave in this way?" she exclaimed
+indignantly, "I will take you to your mamma this moment if you do not
+behave better, and do as you are told."
+
+"You had better not, or I will pull your hair, and make you wish you had
+let me alone," exclaimed Norman, throwing himself back in the chair, and
+holding on to its arms to prevent Susan from lifting him up.
+
+"Pray allow him to remain here, Susan, and I daresay he will let me
+finish dressing him. He did not hurt me so very much, but I was
+frightened, not expecting him to behave in that way, and so I could not
+help crying out for a moment," said Fanny. "You will be good now,
+Norman, won't you? and finish dressing, and be ready to go down to
+breakfast."
+
+The young gentleman made no answer, but sat as if rooted in the chair,
+looking defiantly at Susan and his sister.
+
+"I see what we must do, young gentleman," said Susan, who was a sensible
+woman, possessing herself of the stockings which had fallen on the
+ground, "we must put an end to this nonsense."
+
+Suddenly jerking up Master Norman, she seated herself in the chair, and
+pressing down his arms so that he could not reach her, she quickly drew
+on first one stocking and then the other.
+
+"Now, Miss Fanny, please hand me the shoes," and though Norman tried to
+kick she held his little legs and put them on.
+
+"Now your hair must be put to rights, young gentleman. It is in a
+pretty mess with your struggles. Hand me the brush please, Miss Fanny!"
+and while she held down his arms, though he moved his head from side to
+side, she managed dexterously to arrange his rich curly locks.
+
+"Has he washed his hands?" asked Susan.
+
+Fanny shook her head.
+
+"No, I have not, and I don't intend to do so," growled Norman.
+
+"We shall soon see that," cried Susan, dragging him to the basin;
+"there, take care you don't upset it," and forcing his hands into the
+water, she covered them well with soap.
+
+Norman was so astonished at the whole proceeding, that he forgot to
+struggle, and only looked very red and angry. Susan made him rub his
+hands together till all the soap was washed off, and then dried them
+briskly with the towel.
+
+"There, we have finished the business for you, young gentleman," she
+said, as she released the boy, of whom she had kept a firm hold all the
+time.
+
+"Now, we will put on your jacket and handkerchief, and you will be ready
+to go downstairs, but before you go just let me advise you not again to
+beat your sister in the way you did just now, or I will not let you off
+so easily."
+
+"Oh, pray do not be angry with him, Susan," said Fanny, "he will I hope
+let me help him to dress to-morrow, and behave like a good boy."
+
+"No, I won't," growled Norman, "as soon as I see my papa I will tell him
+how that horrid woman has treated me, and he will soon send her about
+her business."
+
+Susan wisely did not reply to the last observation, but quietly made the
+young gentleman put on his jacket, and then fastened his collar, and
+tied his handkerchief round his neck.
+
+"There, you will do now," she said, surveying him with an expression in
+which pity was mingled with admiration, for he was indeed a handsome
+child, and she thought how grievous it would be that he should be spoilt
+by being allowed to have his own way. She then, lifting him up,
+suddenly placed him again in the chair and said, "Sit quiet, young
+gentleman, and try and get cool and nice to go down, and see your
+grandmamma. We are not accustomed to have angry faces in this house,
+and what is more we won't have them."
+
+"Now come, Miss Fanny, I will help you to finish dressing."
+
+Saying this she signed to Fanny to go out of the room, and, closing the
+door, locked the young gentleman in.
+
+As soon as she had put on Fanny's frock and shoes, and arranged her
+hair, she went back to release Norman, whom she found still seated in
+the chair, in sullen dignity, with the angry frown yet on his
+countenance.
+
+Susan said nothing, but taking his hand led him down after Fanny, to the
+door of the breakfast-room. He went in willingly enough, for he was
+very hungry and wanted his breakfast, but the angry frown on his brow
+had not vanished.
+
+"Good morning, my dear," said his grandmamma, who was already there, and
+had just kissed Fanny, who sprang forward to meet her.
+
+Norman did not answer, but stood near the door, pouting his lips, while
+he kept his fists doubled by his side.
+
+"What is the matter with him, my dear Fanny?" asked Mrs Leslie.
+
+His sister did not like to tell their grandmamma of his behaviour, so
+instead of replying, she ran to him and tried to lead him forward.
+
+"I want my breakfast," muttered Norman.
+
+"You will have it directly your mamma comes down, and prayers are over,"
+said Mrs Leslie quietly. "Come my dear, and give me a kiss, as your
+sister does every morning, you know that you are my grandchild as well
+as she is, and that I wish to love you as I do her."
+
+"I don't care about that, I want my breakfast," exclaimed Norman,
+breaking away from Fanny, and going towards the table, to help himself
+to some rolls he saw on it.
+
+Fanny greatly ashamed at his behaviour, again endeavoured to lead him up
+to his grandmamma, but he, tearing his hands from hers, kicked out at
+her, and ran back to the table.
+
+Just then Mrs Vallery entered the room and affectionately embracing her
+mother, drew her attention for a moment away from her grandchild.
+Norman took the opportunity of seizing one of the rolls, which he began
+stuffing into his mouth. His mother, though she saw him, and felt
+somewhat ashamed of his behaviour made no remark, for she knew what the
+consequences would be should she interfere.
+
+"I am so much obliged to you, Fanny," she said, "for dressing your
+brother. I hope he behaved well."
+
+Fanny would not tell an untruth, but she did not wish to complain of
+Norman, so she hung down her head, as if she herself had done something
+wrong.
+
+Mrs Leslie suspected that Norman had not behaved well, but she remained
+silent on the subject as Mrs Vallery did not repeat the question.
+
+Fanny, having made the tea, rang the bell and the servants, as usual,
+came in to prayers. Norman not being interfered with, kept munching
+away at the hot roll, and did not relinquish it when his mamma took him
+up, and placed him on a chair by her side. All the time Mrs Leslie was
+reading the sound of his biting the crisp crust was heard, while he sat
+casting a look of defiance at Susan, whose eye he saw was resting on
+him.
+
+When they were seated at the table, Mrs Vallery apologised to his
+grandmamma for his conduct, observing that he was very hungry, as he was
+accustomed to have his breakfast as soon as he was up.
+
+"We must let Susan give it him, then, another morning," observed Mrs
+Leslie; "she will, I am sure, be very glad to attend to him in her
+room."
+
+"I won't eat anything that woman gives me," growled Norman, looking up
+from the roll and pat of fresh butter which his mamma had given him;
+"she is a nasty old thing; and if she tries to put on my stockings and
+wash my hands again, I will beat her as I did my ayah, and will soon
+show her who is master."
+
+"I thought you dressed your brother this morning, Fanny," observed Mrs
+Vallery.
+
+"So I did, mamma, but Susan came in to help me, though I hope to-morrow
+Norman will let me dress him entirely," answered Fanny, determined if
+possible not to speak of her brother's misconduct, and hoping by
+loving-kindness to overcome his evil temper.
+
+Mrs Leslie wondered how a child of her gentle daughter's could behave
+as Norman was doing.
+
+"You will arrange about his breakfast as you think best, Mary," she
+said; "but I hope that if Susan is kind enough to attend to him, he will
+be grateful to her. She is a faithful and excellent servant, and, of
+course, will expect to be obeyed and treated with respect by a little
+boy."
+
+A peculiar shake of the head which Norman gave, showed that he had no
+intention of following his grandmamma's wishes.
+
+Captain Vallery coming in, no further remark on the subject was made.
+
+Having saluted his mother-in-law and daughter, and given Norman an
+affectionate pat on the head, he sat down to breakfast. Fanny having
+given him a cup of tea, and helped him to an egg and toast, and offered
+him other things on the table, he began to talk in his usual animated
+way, so that Norman, who wanted to make a complaint against Susan in his
+presence, was unable to get in a word. Fanny, who, guessing his
+intentions, was on the watch, whenever she saw that he was about to
+speak offered him a little more bread, or honey, or milk, anxiously
+endeavouring to prevent him saying anything which she considered would
+bring disgrace upon himself, by making his misconduct known. Happily
+for her affectionate design, Captain Vallery had to go up to London, and
+as soon as breakfast was over, kissing her and Norman, without listening
+to the mutterings of the latter, he hurried off to catch the train.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER TWO.
+
+IN PURSUIT OF KNOWLEDGE.
+
+A lady came every morning to teach Fanny, but Mrs Leslie had begged
+that she might have a holiday in consequence of her papa's and mamma's
+arrival, and that she might have more time to play with her little
+brother.
+
+Fanny had been anxiously considering how she could best amuse him.
+
+"What should you like to do, Norman?" she asked, putting her arm
+affectionately round his neck. "You see I am a girl, and perhaps I may
+like many things that you will not care about. Let me consider. We can
+arrange my doll's house, or we can play at paying visits; and I have two
+battledores and a shuttlecock, which I will teach you how to use; and
+then you must come out and help me to feed my chickens. I have also a
+garden of my own, and I am sure granny will let you have a piece of
+ground near it, or else you shall have part of mine, and you can learn
+how to keep it neat and pretty. And whenever you like you can have a
+game at romps with Trusty. You must make friends with him to-day; and
+if you call him by his name and give him a piece of meat, which I will
+get from the cook for you, and pat his head, he will soon learn to know
+you. But you must not frighten him with your whip, or he will run away
+from you. He used to be beaten when he was naughty, but then he was a
+little puppy, and did not know better; but now he never does anything
+wrong, and if he was ever so hungry, and was told to guard the things in
+the larder, or on the dining-room table, from the cat, he would not
+touch the nicest dish himself, and would take care that neither the cat
+nor any other dog came near them."
+
+"I do not care about any of the things you speak of," answered Norman.
+"I want my whip, and I think Susan has hid it for fear I should beat
+her, and I intend to do so if she dares to treat me like a baby. I will
+beat Trusty too, if he barks at me--you'll see if I don't--and he will
+soon find out who is master. I am a brave boy, papa says so, and I want
+to be a man as soon as I can."
+
+"But brave and good boys do not beat either women or dogs, and I hope
+you wish to be good as well as brave," said Fanny gently.
+
+"So I am, when I have my own way," exclaimed Norman, "and my own way I
+intend to have that I can tell you. Now, Fanny, go and find my whip, or
+make Susan give it to you if she has got it, and if she will not, tell
+her that my papa will make her when he comes home."
+
+Fanny, wishing to please her brother, and not believing that he would
+really make a bad use of his whip, hunted about for it, but in vain.
+She then went and asked Susan if she had got it.
+
+Susan replied that she knew nothing about the whip, and had last seen it
+by the side of the young gentleman when he had fallen asleep in the
+arm-chair.
+
+On hearing this, Norman marched into the drawing-room, expecting to find
+his whip in the place where he was supposed to have left it, but it was
+not there. He searched about in all directions, as Fanny had done in
+vain. He saw his grandmamma following him with her eyes, but he could
+not bring himself to ask her if she knew where his whip was, and she did
+not speak to him. At last, losing patience, he ran out of the room, and
+joined Fanny in the garden.
+
+"Somebody has my whip, and I will find out who it is," he muttered
+angrily, "I am not going to have my things taken away. But I say,
+Fanny, cannot you come out with me and buy another, I must have one just
+like the last, and I will try it on Trusty's back if he comes barking at
+me again."
+
+"I cannot possibly take you out without granny's or mamma's leave, and
+you must not think of buying another whip to beat Trusty, I had just
+been thinking of asking cook to give you some small pieces of meat, and
+I will go at once and get them, then you must call Trusty, and when he
+comes to you, you must give him a piece at a time and pat his head and
+he will wag his tail, and you will be friends with him in a few
+minutes."
+
+"I would rather not have him come near me unless I have my whip to beat
+him if he tries to bite me," said Norman.
+
+"Oh, he will not bite you," answered Fanny, and she ran to the kitchen
+where she got some bits of meat from the cook and brought them to her
+brother.
+
+She soon found Trusty who was lying down on the rug in the dining-room,
+and followed her out into the garden.
+
+"Call Trusty, Trusty, and show him a piece of meat," she cried to her
+brother.
+
+Norman with some hesitation in his tone called to the dog as Fanny bade
+him, and Trusty ran up wagging his tail. Instead of holding the meat
+and letting Trusty take it, which he would have done gently, Norman
+nervously threw the meat towards him, Trusty caught it, and putting up
+his nose and wagging his tail drew nearer; Norman instead of giving a
+piece at a time as Fanny had told him to do, fancying that the dog was
+going to snatch it from him, threw the whole handful on the ground and
+retreated several paces. Trusty began quickly to gobble up the meat.
+
+"Oh, you should have given him bit by bit," said Fanny.
+
+As soon as Trusty had finished he ran forward expecting to get some
+more, when Norman fancying that the dog was going to bite him, took to
+his heels and ran off screaming, while Trusty bounded playfully after
+him thinking that he was running, as Fanny often did, to amuse him.
+
+"Stop the horrid dog! he is going to kill me, stop him, stop him!"
+screamed Norman as he ran towards the house.
+
+In vain Fanny called to Trusty and ran to catch him, he kept leaping up,
+however, hoping to get some more meat from the little boy who had, as he
+fancied, treated him so generously.
+
+The cries of Norman brought out his mamma.
+
+"The naughty dog is going to bite me, and Fanny is encouraging him.
+Save me, mamma, save me!" he exclaimed, as he threw himself into Mrs
+Vallery's arms.
+
+"Fanny, what is the matter," she asked, "it is very naughty of you to
+let the dog frighten your little brother."
+
+Sweet gentle Fanny feeling how innocent she was of any such intention
+burst into tears.
+
+"Indeed, dear mamma, I only tried to get Norman to play with Trusty and
+to make friends with him, I did not for a moment think he would be
+frightened," and she ran forward and tried to kiss her brother in order
+to soothe him, but he now believed himself safe from the dog, who
+sagaciously perceiving that something was wrong had stopped jumping, and
+lay quietly on the ground, and as she approached he received her with a
+box on the ears.
+
+"Take that for setting the dog at me," he exclaimed maliciously.
+
+Fanny stood hanging down her head as if she had been guilty, but really
+feeling ashamed of her brother's behaviour.
+
+"That was very naughty of you, Norman," said Mrs Vallery, holding back
+the young tyrant, who was endeavouring again to strike his sister.
+
+She then carried him into the drawing-room; Fanny followed her without a
+thought of vindicating herself, but wished to try and calm her young
+brother and to assure him that Trusty was only in play.
+
+His mamma sat down with him on her knee. Mrs Leslie inquired whether
+he had hurt himself.
+
+"He has been frightened by the dog, and says that Fanny set the animal
+at him," answered Mrs Vallery.
+
+"That is impossible," observed Mrs Leslie, "Fanny could not have done
+anything of the sort."
+
+"She is a cruel thing, and wants the dog to bite me," growled out Norman
+in a whining tone, still half crying.
+
+"I will answer for it that Fanny is much more likely to have tried to
+prevent the dog from frightening you, for I am sure that he would not
+bite you. Come here, Fanny, I know that you will speak the truth."
+
+Fanny felt grateful to her grandmamma for her remark, and explained
+exactly what had occurred.
+
+Mrs Vallery was convinced that she was innocent, and Norman was at last
+persuaded to return with her into the garden. Fanny talked to him
+gently, and tried to make him forget his fright.
+
+"Come to the tool-house where I keep my spade and hoe and rake. There
+is a little spade which I used to use, it will just suit you, and we
+will go and arrange the garden you are to have," she said as they went
+along.
+
+"That is an old thing you have done with," growled Norman scornfully, as
+she gave him the little spade, "I must have a new one of my own."
+
+"I hope papa will give you one," she answered quietly, "but in the
+meantime will you not use this?"
+
+Norman took it, eyeing it disdainfully, but Fanny, making no remark, led
+the way to the plot of ground the gardener had laid out for them. One
+part of it was full of summer flowers, the other half she had left
+uncultivated that Norman might have the pleasure of digging it up and
+putting in seeds and plants.
+
+"You have taken good care to make your own garden look pretty," he
+observed, as he eyed her portion of the plot. "What am I to do with
+that bare place?"
+
+Fanny told him what her object had been, and offered to help him. She
+had got several pots with nice plants, which there was still time to put
+in, and a number of seeds of autumn flowers. These she promised to give
+to him as soon as the ground was fit for their reception. She began
+digging away in her usual energetic manner, and he for a time tried to
+imitate her, but he soon grew tired.
+
+"There, you can dig away by yourself," he said, "just as the natives do
+in India in the plantations, and I will look on like an owner, and watch
+that you do your work properly," and he leant back with his arms folded,
+as he thought, in a very dignified way.
+
+Fanny dug on for some time. At last she stopped and said, laughing--
+
+"Now it is your turn to work, and mine to watch you."
+
+"I do not want to dig," he answered, "I am going to be an officer like
+papa, and have others to obey me."
+
+Just then the gardener came by, and seeing Fanny digging away and making
+herself very hot, promised her that in the evening he would put the
+ground to rights. As she found that Norman was not disposed to garden,
+she invited him to have a game of battledore and shuttlecock on the
+lawn.
+
+They had played for half-an-hour, and he seemed to be more amused than
+he had been with anything else. While they were in the garden Mrs
+Vallery had been unpacking her trunks, and wishing to show Fanny a dress
+she had brought from Paris for her, called her in. Norman said he would
+remain out and play by himself.
+
+Some time was occupied in admiring the beautiful frock and in trying on
+some boots and other things. How grateful did she feel to her mamma as
+she kissed her again and again, and thanked her for bringing her so many
+pretty things. Though she would have liked to have stopped and admired
+them again and again, she did not forget Norman.
+
+"I am afraid he will be growing dull by himself, mamma," she said, "I
+will go out and try to amuse him. I see that he has gone away from the
+lawn and has left the battledore on the grass."
+
+Fanny, putting on her bonnet, went out to look for Norman. To her
+surprise, after searching about for some time, she saw him digging, as
+she thought, on his plot of ground.
+
+"Oh, I am so glad that he is trying to amuse himself in that way," she
+said to herself, "he will now learn to like gardening, I hope."
+
+On reaching the spot, however, she stood aghast, for Norman, instead of
+working in his own part of the ground, was digging away in hers, and had
+already uprooted nearly all her beautiful flowers.
+
+"I am going to put them into my ground," he said, when he caught sight
+of her, "I do not see why you should have them all to yourself."
+
+"But, my dear Norman, they will not bear transplanting," she answered,
+almost bursting into tears, as she surveyed the havoc he had committed,
+for many of her flowers were not only dug up, but broken and trampled
+on, and it was evident that he intended rather to destroy than remove
+them.
+
+"Oh, do stop, Norman!" she cried out, "the gardener promised, you know,
+to put some flowers into your garden, and he knows how to do it
+properly."
+
+"He may do as he likes," said Norman, throwing down his spade; "I have
+taught you a lesson, Miss Selfish, your garden is not much better than
+mine now."
+
+Fanny could no longer restrain her tears.
+
+"O Norman!" she exclaimed, "it was not from selfishness I did not plant
+your garden, but I thought you would like to do it yourself, and that
+you would find pleasure in seeing flowers spring up which you had put
+in. Indeed, indeed, Norman, you accuse me wrongfully."
+
+"Well, at all events, we are even now," growled out the boy, walking up
+and down, and it is to be hoped feeling somewhat ashamed of himself, as
+he surveyed the mischief he had done.
+
+"Granny and mamma will be so angry with him if they see it," thought
+Fanny, "I must try to put it to rights as far as I can," and while
+Norman stood by with an angry frown on his brow, she began to replace
+some of the least injured plants. While she was thus employed, Susan
+came to tell her and her brother that it was time to get ready for
+dinner, for Fanny in her agitation had not even heard the gong sound.
+
+"Why, Miss Fanny, what has happened to your garden?" exclaimed Susan.
+
+Fanny never told an untruth, but she was very anxious to shield her
+brother, for she knew how angry Susan would be with him if she
+discovered what he had done.
+
+"Pray do not ask me, Susan," she answered, "John promised to put
+Norman's garden to rights this evening, and I daresay he will do mine at
+the same time, until after that we had better not look at it."
+
+Susan guessed pretty correctly what had happened, but as Fanny had
+begged her not to ask questions, she refrained for her sake from doing
+so.
+
+Fanny was going up to Norman to lead him towards the house, but he hung
+back, so Susan took him by the arm.
+
+"Come along, young gentleman," she said in the stern voice she knew how
+to assume, "you will require to wash your hands well after your
+gardening," and she pointed back at the ground he had upturned. "Are
+you not ashamed of yourself?" she whispered. Fanny had run on a little
+way lest Susan should again ask questions. "If you are not ashamed you
+ought to be," continued Susan, "your sweet sister is an angel, and I
+should like you just to ask yourself what you are."
+
+Norman though he threatened Susan behind her back stood in considerable
+awe of her in her presence, he therefore did not venture to reply, but
+as he hung somewhat behind her as she led him on, he made faces at her,
+which he knew she could not see.
+
+Having washed his hands and brushed his hair she conducted him to the
+dining-room.
+
+"Many a worse boy deserves his dinner more than you do," she whispered,
+stopping before she took him in. "Eat yours with what appetite you can,
+but let me advise you to try and be sorry for the ungrateful way you
+have treated your sister, who has been so kind to you since you came
+into the house."
+
+Norman snatched his hand away from her, and with a glum countenance
+entered the dining-room. Walking up to the table he took his seat
+eyeing Fanny, who he suspected, judging by himself, had been telling
+their grandmamma and mamma what he had done. She, however, had not said
+a word about the matter. They were merely looking at him, wondering
+what made his countenance so sullen.
+
+"I hope you have had a happy morning, Norman," said his grandmamma, as
+she offered him some minced beef.
+
+He made no reply.
+
+"My dear, pray answer your grandmamma," said Mrs Vallery, for she had
+been directed never to order Norman to do anything.
+
+Still he did not speak.
+
+"My dear child do let me entreat you to make use of your tongue, your
+grandmamma spoke to you and asked if you had had a happy morning."
+
+"I never am happy, and am not likely to be with no one to try and amuse
+me," growled out Norman.
+
+"I am sure that your sister wishes to amuse you," observed Mrs Leslie,
+"and I shall be very glad to read to you, or to tell you stories such as
+I used to tell Fanny, when she was of your age, if you will come and sit
+by me and listen."
+
+"She is only a girl, and you are an old woman," muttered Norman
+shovelling the mince meat into his mouth. "I want boys to play with
+me."
+
+"You will find plenty of boys to play with when you go to school, where
+I hope your papa will soon send you," observed Mrs Leslie, "but you
+will find that they do not treat you in the gentle way your sister does,
+and perhaps you will often wish that you had her again as a playmate."
+
+"We must have another game of battledore and shuttlecock on the lawn
+after dinner," said Fanny, "you seem to like that, and on one side it
+will be pleasant and shady."
+
+Norman finding that Fanny had not complained of the way he had treated
+her garden, became more amiable and agreed to her proposal.
+
+Before going out, however, she persuaded him to sit quiet and listen to
+a story, which she told him out of one of her picture-books.
+
+The children were playing on the lawn, when Captain Vallery appeared
+followed by a man carrying a large parcel. Norman went on throwing up
+the shuttlecock, but Fanny ran to her papa to welcome him with a kiss.
+
+"I have got something for you both, will you like to come in and see the
+parcel opened," he said taking it from the man and going into the house.
+
+Hearing his papa's remark Norman followed him and Fanny, eager to learn
+what the parcel contained. Captain Vallery had placed it on a chair.
+While he was speaking to his wife and Mrs Leslie, Norman ran up to it,
+and although he had not even spoken to his papa, began pulling away at
+the string.
+
+"Ah, he is a zealous little fellow, he wishes to save me trouble,"
+observed Captain Vallery, and Fanny hoped that such was the motive which
+prompted Norman, though she wished he had shown greater pleasure at
+seeing their papa come back.
+
+Mrs Vallery at her husband's request now opened the parcel, which
+Norman notwithstanding his efforts had been unable to do. Among other
+articles which he had brought for her and Mrs Leslie, she drew out a
+long parcel carefully done up in silver paper.
+
+"This I think must be for Fanny," she said.
+
+Fanny, her countenance beaming with pleasure, carefully unwrapped the
+parcel, and exhibited a beautiful doll with a wax head and shoulders and
+wax hands looking exactly, she thought, as if they were real flesh.
+
+"Oh, thank you, papa, thank you," she exclaimed running up and kissing
+him. "Look granny! look mamma! see what a lovely little girl she is,
+with such fair soft hair and such blue bright eyes, she must surely be
+able to see out of them."
+
+Mrs Leslie and her mamma admired the doll, which was indeed a very
+handsome one, and very superior to poor Nancy.
+
+"There, Norman, you will not be ashamed to walk out with her, I am
+sure," she said. "But I hope Nancy will not think that she will make me
+forget her, for I should not like to hurt her feelings. What name shall
+we give her? for she would not like to be called `The New Doll,' shall
+it be Emma or Julia or Lucy? I think Lucy is a very pretty name--shall
+she be called Lucy, granny? Norman do you like that name? it sounds so
+soft and so nice for a young lady doll as she is."
+
+Norman had been eyeing the doll with no pleasant feelings; he did not
+like that his sister should receive a present when he thought that there
+was none for him.
+
+"You may call her Lucy, or whatever you fancy," he answered gruffly,
+"boys like me do not care for dolls."
+
+"He is a fine, manly, little fellow," observed Captain Vallery. "I have
+not forgotten you, though, Norman. Perhaps mamma will find something
+more to your taste in that large, round parcel," and Mrs Vallery drew
+out the package at which her husband pointed.
+
+"There, Norman, that is the sort of thing a boy likes," said the
+Captain, handing it to him.
+
+Norman snatched at it eagerly, and, with the assistance of his papa,
+tore off the paper, and found within an enormous football covered with
+leather, which he could just manage to grasp with his arms.
+
+"There, you will be able to play with that famously on the lawn," said
+Captain Vallery, "and I must come out and join you. I used to be very
+fond of football when I was at school, and we must have some fine games
+together."
+
+Norman, instead of thanking his papa, hugged the football and made
+towards the door, eager to go out on the lawn and kick it about. At the
+same time, he looked with a jealous eye at Fanny's beautiful doll, which
+she was fondly caressing. Though he had declared that he did not care
+for dolls, he could not help thinking it prettier than his own great,
+brown ball, and, as he had never been taught to restrain any of the evil
+feelings which rose in his heart, he at once began to be jealous of his
+sister, because the present she had received was of more value than his.
+Still, he thought he should like to have a game with his ball, which,
+his papa told him, he was to kick from one end of the lawn to the other.
+Getting his hat, therefore, he told Fanny she must leave her doll, and
+come and play with him.
+
+Fanny, ever anxious to please her brother, though longing to take Miss
+Lucy upstairs and introduce her to Nancy and to her doll's house, at
+once consented to go out with him into the garden. Placing her doll,
+therefore, carefully in her own little chair, and telling her she must
+sit very patiently and be a good girl till she came back, she put on her
+hat, which hung up in the hall, and ran out into the garden.
+
+Norman had already put the ball on the grass, and had begun to kick at
+it. He kicked and kicked away utterly regardless of his sister, and
+when she attempted to join him, he told her to wait till he was tired.
+
+"But papa said you were to kick it from one side, and I was to kick it
+from the other," she observed, "so we ought both to play at the same
+time."
+
+Norman at last allowed her to kick the ball, and was angry because she
+sent it away from him, and he had to run after it before he could get
+another kick. Still, Fanny did not remonstrate, and tried to send the
+ball so that Norman could easily reach it.
+
+At last Captain Vallery came out.
+
+"I am glad to see you play so nicely together," he said; "pray go on."
+
+"Oh do, papa, take my place," exclaimed Fanny, "it will be much better
+fun for Norman, and you will show him how to play."
+
+Captain Vallery accordingly kicked the ball, and sent it flying high up
+into the air. Norman shouted with delight.
+
+"That's much better than Fanny can do," he exclaimed, as his papa sent
+the ball up several times.
+
+"What makes it fly up like that?"
+
+"My feet, in the first place; but as it is filled with wind, it is very
+light, and rises easily," answered the Captain. "You, in time, will be
+able to make it fly as high."
+
+"I should like to see the wind in it," said Norman; and his papa laughed
+at his remark, which he thought very witty.
+
+They continued playing for some time; Captain Vallery, proud of having a
+son to instruct, showing Norman how to kick the ball, and explaining the
+way in which real football is played by big boys.
+
+"I wish I was a big boy, and I soon shall be, I hope, for then I shall
+have some one else besides a stupid girl to play with," exclaimed
+Norman. "I would rather have her than you, though, because you kick the
+ball about more than I like, and I want to kick it all by myself."
+
+"You are an independent little fellow," observed his father approvingly,
+instead of rebuking him for his rude remark.
+
+Captain Vallery stood by, allowing Norman to kick the ball backwards and
+forwards, which he did for some time, declaring on each occasion that if
+it reached either one side of the shrubbery or the other he had won the
+game--not a very difficult matter, considering that he had no one to
+oppose him.
+
+At length, the gong sounding, Captain Vallery went in to dress for
+dinner, and Norman was left to play by himself, for, Fanny finding she
+was not wanted, had entered the house, and, after exhibiting her doll to
+Susan, had gone to her room to introduce Miss Lucy to Nancy and to her
+future abode.
+
+Norman soon grew weary of being by himself, and with his big ball in his
+arms, wandered into the house. Making his way into the drawing-room, he
+there found among a number of Indian curiosities which had just been
+unpacked, and which his papa intended to hang up against the wall, a
+long knife. Though Norman was very forward in some things, and could
+talk better than many boys older than he was, yet he was very ignorant
+in others, but of that, like many more ignorant people, he was not
+aware. "I should like to see the wind papa told me was inside this big
+ball," he said to himself; "perhaps there is something else besides
+wind, it feels pretty soft--I daresay I could easily cut it open with
+this knife and see." He took the knife and examined it, "I must not do
+it here though, or they may be coming downstairs and stop me," so
+tucking the knife under one arm, and holding the big ball in the other,
+he went along the passage and out at the garden door. He at first
+proposed going to the further end of the garden, where he need have no
+fear of being interrupted, then he recollected his performance of the
+morning, and thought that the gardener might be there, and would scold
+him for digging up Fanny's plants, so instead of going there, he made
+his way along the side of the house, till he reached another door, which
+led to the larder.
+
+"The cook won't be coming in here at this hour, as she is serving up the
+dinner, so I shall have the place all to myself!" he observed, thinking
+how clever he was.
+
+He accordingly went in and closed the door.
+
+"Now I shall soon find out what is inside my ball," he said chuckling
+and placing it on the ground. Putting one foot on it, to hold it
+steady, he began cutting away with the huge knife. The part of the
+weapon he used was not very sharp, and as the leather yielded, he at
+first made no impression; at last he made a dig at the ball with the
+point of the knife, which quickly penetrated it, producing a wide gash.
+Out rushed the wind faster and faster, as he pressed down his foot, till
+the coating of leather and the thin bladder inside had become perfectly
+flat. He took it up wondering at the result, and shook it and told it
+to get fat again, but all to no purpose. He felt very much inclined to
+cry, when somehow or other he discovered, that he had done a very
+foolish thing, but he was not accustomed to blame himself.
+
+"Papa ought to have brought me a different sort of ball, which would not
+grow thin just because I happen to stick a knife into it," he muttered
+to himself.
+
+Again he threw down what had once been a ball, and stamped on it, and
+abused it for not doing as he told it. At last he began to think that
+the knife, which he supposed was his grandmamma's, might be missed and
+that she would scold him for carrying it away. Taking up the leather
+therefore, and finding that no one was near, he returned. On his way
+seeing a thick bush, he threw the case into it--for he was somewhat
+ashamed of letting his father know the folly of which he had been
+guilty.
+
+As no one had yet come down, he replaced the knife among the articles
+from which he had taken it, and ran up to his room. When he came back
+he found Fanny in the drawing-room reading, she told him that their
+granny and papa and mamma had gone in to dinner.
+
+"Cannot you do something to amuse me?" he asked.
+
+"Willingly," she answered, putting aside her own book, and she read some
+stories to him out of one of the picture-books.
+
+Susan came shortly to call the children to their tea, and they then went
+down to dessert in the dining-room.
+
+"Well, my boy, are you inclined to have another game at football before
+you go to bed?" asked Captain Vallery.
+
+"No," answered Norman, not liking the question, "I do not want to play
+any more to-day."
+
+"I thought you seemed so pleased with your football, that you would
+never get tired of it," observed Mrs Vallery.
+
+Norman made no answer.
+
+The ladies rose from the table, and Captain Vallery soon joined them in
+the drawing-room, they then strolled out on to the lawn to enjoy the
+cool air of that lovely summer evening.
+
+"Go and get your football, Norman," said Captain Vallery, "though you do
+not wish to play, I shall enjoy kicking it about to remind me of my
+schoolboy days."
+
+Norman did not move.
+
+"Go and get it, my dear, as your papa tells you," said Mrs Leslie,
+vexed at her grandson's disobedience.
+
+"I will go and get it--where did you leave it, Norman," said Fanny.
+
+"I do not know," he answered.
+
+"I daresay I shall find it," said Fanny, supposing that her brother had
+left it in his room, or else in the hall.
+
+She soon came back saying that she had hunted everywhere, but could not
+find it.
+
+"I suppose the somebody who stole my whip, has taken that," growled
+Norman.
+
+"My dear, no one in this house would I am sure steal anything," said
+Mrs Leslie, "but a friend, who considered that you would make a bad use
+of your whip, has undoubtedly put it out of your way. Do not let me
+bear you make that remark again."
+
+"There are thieves everywhere," muttered Norman.
+
+At that moment, Trusty was seen coming along one of the walks, dragging
+something brown, and tossing it playfully about. On he came till he
+reached the lawn.
+
+"Why, Norman, I believe the dog has got your football, though he has
+managed to let the wind out of it," exclaimed Captain Vallery.
+
+"Oh, the thief, beat him, papa!" cried Norman.
+
+"Oh, pray not!" exclaimed Fanny, "I am sure Trusty did not intend to
+hurt Norman's ball," cried Fanny, running forward and catching Trusty.
+"Give it up, sir, give it up, you do not know the mischief you have
+done," she added.
+
+"Oh, but he must have stolen it, and see he has made a great hole in it
+with his teeth!" exclaimed Norman.
+
+Captain Vallery took up the football and examined it.
+
+"The dog did not do this," he said, pointing to the slit in the leather.
+"This was done by a sharp knife; we must not wrongfully accuse the dog,
+he must have found it in this condition; somebody else cut the hole."
+
+Norman grew very red; his papa looked at him.
+
+"I suspect somebody wanted to see the wind which I told him was within
+it," he observed.
+
+Norman grew redder still.
+
+"I thought so," said Captain Vallery. "Did you cut the hole in your
+ball, Norman?" he asked sternly.
+
+"I wanted to see the wind in it," murmured Norman.
+
+Now Captain Vallery, though he held some wrong ideas about education,
+was a highly honourable man, and as every honourable man must do, he
+hated a falsehood, or any approach to a falsehood. He considered that
+what some people call white lies are black notwithstanding, and he knew
+in his heart that God hates them.
+
+"Why did you say, then, that the dog had torn your ball, when you knew
+that you yourself cut it?" he asked. "I have never before punished you,
+but I intend to do so. I will not have a son of mine become a liar."
+
+"My dear," he said, turning to his wife, "take Norman in and put him to
+bed. I cannot look at him any more to-night."
+
+Mrs Vallery took Norman by the hand and led him into the house.
+
+Mrs Leslie said nothing, but she was glad to find that her son-in-law
+considered it necessary to try and put a stop to one of the bad ways of
+his son. Perhaps he might in time find out that there were other bad
+ways of his which it would be as well to check.
+
+Captain Vallery walked up and down on the lawn by himself for some time,
+considering how he should treat his son, and he began to reflect whether
+after all his system of allowing a boy to have his own way was likely to
+prove the best.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER THREE.
+
+CAN YOU FORGIVE IT?
+
+Next morning, when Norman came down to breakfast, his papa, instead of
+playfully addressing him, turned away his head and took no notice of his
+presence. Norman ate his breakfast in silence. Fanny looked very sad,
+she felt that her brother deserved punishment, and that it might teach
+him the necessity of speaking the truth. Still she could not bear the
+thoughts of her young brother being beaten, and from what her papa had
+said she believed he intended to do so. Her grandmamma had quoted the
+proverb of Solomon, "He that spareth the rod hateth his son, but he that
+loveth him chasteneth him betimes."
+
+"You are right, Mrs Leslie," her papa had remarked, "I acknowledge the
+wisdom of the great king, and must follow his advice."
+
+After breakfast Fanny's governess arrived, and Captain Vallery took his
+son up into his room. What happened there Norman did not divulge, but
+he looked very crestfallen during the rest of the morning. When he met
+Fanny afterwards he told her that he did not intend to tell any more
+lies.
+
+"I hope you will not do so," said Fanny, "remember that God hates them
+even more than papa or anybody else can do, and He knows when you tell
+an untruth, although no human being may find it out."
+
+After dinner Norman appeared to have recovered his spirits, and Fanny
+took him out to play battledore and shuttlecock.
+
+They were beginning to get tired, when Mrs Leslie and their mamma came
+out.
+
+"Come and walk with us, my dears," said Mrs Leslie, "I want to show
+your mamma the pretty garden you have cultivated so nicely, Fanny."
+
+Fanny would thankfully have prevented them from seeing her garden, for
+she knew that the way Norman had treated it would be discovered. Still
+she could not think how to avoid going, and she could only hope that the
+gardener had put it to rights, as he had promised to do.
+
+Mrs Leslie, wishing to gain her grandson's confidence, called to him,
+and taking his hand, led him on talking to him kindly; Fanny and her
+mamma followed at a little distance.
+
+Mrs Vallery interested Fanny by giving her accounts of India, but she
+was so anxious about her garden and the vexation her granny would feel
+at seeing it destroyed, that she could not listen as attentively as she
+otherwise would have done. She saw that Norman was walking on very
+unwillingly, and from time to time making an effort to escape, but his
+grandmamma had no intention of letting him go.
+
+At length Mrs Leslie and Norman reached Fanny's garden.
+
+"Why, my dear, what changes you have made!" she exclaimed, "and I see
+you have dug up nearly half of it."
+
+Fanny ran forward. The gardener had begun to set it to rights, but had
+evidently been prevented from finishing the work. The two spades were
+stuck in the ground where Fanny and Norman had left them.
+
+Fanny said nothing, she hoped that her brother would manfully confess
+what he had done, that she might then be better able to plead for him.
+Instead of doing so he snatched his hand away from that of his
+grandmamma and ran off along the walk. Fanny had then most reluctantly
+to confess that her brother had dug up her garden.
+
+"Do not be angry with him, granny," she said, "he is very very young,
+and he thought I had ill-treated him by not making his garden as nice as
+mine was. He did not understand that I fancied he would like to arrange
+it himself, but John has promised to put it in order, and I hope
+to-morrow that mine will be as nice as ever, and that Norman's will be
+like it, so pray say no more to him about it."
+
+"I will do as you wish, Fanny," answered Mrs Leslie, "but I cannot
+allow your brother, young as he is, to behave in the same way again."
+
+Mrs Vallery was greatly grieved at discovering what Norman had done, at
+the same time she was much pleased to hear the way Fanny pleaded for her
+young brother, and she could not resist stooping down and kissing her
+again and again while the tears came into her eyes.
+
+"O mother! you have indeed made her all I can wish," she said, turning
+to Mrs Leslie.
+
+"Not I, my dear Mary, I did but what God tells us to do in His Word; I
+corrected her faults as I discovered them, and have ever sought guidance
+from Him. But His Holy Spirit has done the work which no human person
+could accomplish."
+
+Norman, conscience-stricken, had hidden himself in the shrubbery. The
+rest of the party supposing that he had run into the house, continued
+their walk, and after taking a few turns in the shady avenue they went
+in-doors.
+
+Mrs Norton, Fanny's governess, having just then arrived she set to work
+on her lessons, while her mamma and Mrs Leslie went to the
+drawing-room.
+
+"I am afraid, mamma, that you must think Norman a very naughty boy,"
+said Mrs Vallery, "I have spoken to him very often about his conduct,
+and as yet I see no improvement."
+
+"I have hopes that he will at all events learn that he must not tell
+stories," observed Mrs Leslie, "and if your husband takes the same
+means that he did this morning to teach him what is wrong he will by
+degrees learn what he must not do. It is far more difficult to teach a
+child what it ought to do, though I trust the good example set by our
+dear Fanny will have its due effect, while we must continue to pray
+without ceasing that the heart of your child may be changed."
+
+"I fear he has a very bad heart now," sighed Mrs Vallery, "I am always
+in dread that he should do something wrong."
+
+"All children have bad seeds in their hearts, and it is our duty by
+constant and careful weeding to root them out, and to impress also on
+the child from its earliest days the necessity of endeavouring to do so
+likewise. The child is not excused as it gains strength and knowledge
+if it does not perform its own part in the work," observed Mrs Leslie.
+"We justly believe our Fanny to be sweet and charming, but she is well
+aware of this, and is ever on the watch to overcome the evil she
+discovers within herself. Depend upon it, did she not do so she would
+not be the delightful creature we think her."
+
+"Could Fanny possibly have been otherwise than delightful?" said Mrs
+Vallery.
+
+"Not only possibly, but very probably so, although we, blinded by our
+love might have overlooked the faults of which she would certainly have
+been guilty," answered Mrs Leslie. "One of the chief lessons we should
+endeavour to impress on young people is the importance of keeping a
+strict watch over their mind and temper, of putting away every bad
+thought the instant it comes into the mind, and to suppress at once the
+rising of bad temper, envy, hatred, and all other evil feelings, while
+we teach them that Satan, like a roaring lion, is always going about
+seeking whom he may devour, although the aid of the Holy Spirit will
+never be sought in vain to drive him away."
+
+While this conversation was going on between his grandmamma and mamma in
+the drawing-room Norman remained in the shrubbery. He was afraid to
+come out, supposing that his mamma was looking for him, and that he
+would be punished for destroying his sister's garden, as he had been in
+the morning for telling a falsehood. Growing weary he at length crept
+out, and hearing and seeing no one, thought he might venture into the
+open garden. He soon became tired of being by himself, and wished that
+Fanny would come out and play with him, then he felt angry with her
+because she did not, though he well knew that she was attending to her
+lessons.
+
+At last as he wandered about his eyes fell on the covering of his
+football.
+
+"That's what my fine present has come to," he muttered, "and she has got
+a beautiful doll all to herself; I do not see why she should be better
+off than I am. I wonder if anybody could make my ball round again."
+
+He took it up.
+
+"Perhaps the cook or John can."
+
+He carried the leathern case in to the cook.
+
+"Make your ball round again Master Norman!" she exclaimed, "it would be
+a hard job to do that, with the big slit which I see in it. You must
+get a fresh bladder of the proper size, and then perhaps we may be able
+to mend the leather case."
+
+"Can you get me a bladder?" asked Norman.
+
+"A bladder costs money! You must ask your papa to get one for you,"
+answered the cook, who was not particularly willing to oblige him for
+the way he had treated his sister, and Susan had prevented him from
+gaining the goodwill of the servants.
+
+"But I say you must get me a bladder," exclaimed Norman, "what are you?
+you are only a servant. I will make you do what I want."
+
+"I tell you what young gentleman, I will pin a dish-cloth to your back,
+and send you out of the kitchen, if you speak to me in that way. I am
+busy now in preparing your grandmamma's luncheon, and I cannot attend to
+you."
+
+Norman after walking about looked very angry for some minutes. Seeing,
+however, the cook take up a dirty cloth and draw a pin from her dress,
+he thought it wiser to walk off, and made his way back into the garden.
+
+"I do not see why Fanny should have a beautiful doll and I only a stupid
+bit of leather," he muttered to himself. "If I can get hold of that
+doll of hers, I know what I will do to it, and then she won't be a bit
+better off than I am."
+
+Instead of attempting to overcome the spirit of envy, which sprung up in
+his heart, he went on muttering to himself that he would soon spoil Miss
+Lucy's beauty.
+
+He had not improved in temper, when he was summoned in to dinner.
+
+Neither Mrs Leslie nor his mamma said anything about Fanny's garden,
+and he himself was not inclined to introduce the subject. His
+grandmamma did not speak to him, for she was anxious if possible to make
+him ashamed of his conduct. Discerning as she was, she was little aware
+of the obstinacy of his disposition, and that all he cared for, was to
+avoid punishment.
+
+Fanny had talked to him and tried to amuse him after dinner; as it was
+still too hot to go out, she invited him to come into the drawing-room,
+and listen to a pretty story she would read to him out of a book.
+
+After she had read a little time, her grandmamma invited her to sit by
+her side, that she might go on with some work that she was teaching her
+to do.
+
+"Come with me, Norman," said Fanny, jumping up immediately, "granny will
+let you sit near me on a footstool, and if you hold the book, I can tell
+you some of the stories by merely looking at the pictures."
+
+Norman, who liked having stories told to him, made no objection, and sat
+down quietly on a footstool near Fanny.
+
+"I think Norman, you should now tell Fanny something about India," said
+Mrs Leslie, after Fanny had told him several stories.
+
+"It's a finer country than this, and people do as they are told, that's
+one thing I know about it," observed Norman. "A very good thing too,"
+said Mrs Leslie, "I always like little boys and girls to do as they are
+told."
+
+"But big people do as they are told, our _kitmutgars_ and _chaprassey_
+ran off as quick as lightning to do anything I told them, and if not I
+kicked them."
+
+"I hope that you will not do so to any one in England, my dear," said
+Mrs Leslie.
+
+"I am sorry to say that Norman did sometimes attempt to do as he tells
+you," observed Mrs Vallery. "The people he speaks of were our
+servants. A _kitmutgar_ is a man who waits at table, and a _chaprassey_
+is another servant, whose duty it is to run on messages, to attend on
+ladies when they go out, and to perform the general duties of a footman,
+though he does not wait at table. You must know, Fanny, in India each
+person has especial duties, and he considers it degrading to perform any
+others.
+
+"A groom is called a _syce_, but he will not cut the grass for his own
+horse, and requires another man to do so. The head servant, who
+performs the duty of butler, and purchases all the food for the family,
+is called a _rhansaman_.
+
+"A great deal of water is required in the hot weather for bathing and
+wetting the tatties, and one man is employed in bringing it up from the
+river to the bungalow in which we lived--he is called a _chestie_. A
+different man, however, called an _aubdar_, takes care that proper
+drinking water is supplied--we generally used rain water, which was
+collected in large sheets stretched out between four poles in the rainy
+season, and drained into earthen jars, where it keeps cool and sweet.
+
+"None of those I have mentioned would clean the rooms, and, therefore,
+another man a _mehter_ or sweeper was employed. Our clothes were washed
+by a man called a _dhobie_; he used to come with his donkey, and carry
+them off to the river, where he beat them with a flat stick on a wooden
+slab over and over again till they were clean, and then dried them in
+the sun.
+
+"When any out-door work was to be done, we hired labourers of the lowest
+caste, who were called _coolies_. Then we had a tailor, who made all my
+clothes as well as Norman's and his papa's, and he is called a _durize_.
+We had six bearers, who were employed to carry our palanquin, when we
+went out, and they also had to keep the punkahs at work, besides having
+other things to do."
+
+"What a household," exclaimed Mrs Leslie, "I am glad we have not so
+many servants to attend to in England. Where did they all live?"
+
+"Some slept rolled up in their sheets on mats in the verandah in front
+of the bungalow, others in huts by themselves."
+
+"Had you no maid-servants?" asked Fanny.
+
+"Only one, called an _ayah_, who acted as my lady's maid, and took care
+of Norman, but had nothing else to do," answered Mrs Vallery.
+
+"Mamma, what are punkahs and tatties?" inquired Fanny, "I did not like
+to interrupt you when you spoke of them."
+
+"The punkah is something like an enormous fan suspended to the roof, and
+when a breeze is required, it is drawn backwards and forwards with ropes
+by the bearers. Sometimes in hot weather it is kept going day and
+night, indeed without it at times we should scarcely have been able to
+bear the heat, or go to sleep at night. The tatties are mats made of a
+sweet-smelling grass, which are hung up on the side from which the hot
+wind comes, and being kept constantly wet by the _chesties_, the air
+passing through them is cooled by the evaporation which takes place."
+
+"I suppose you must have lived in a very large house, as you had so many
+servants to attend on you," observed Fanny.
+
+"When we were at a station up the country, we resided in a bungalow,
+which was a cottage, with all the rooms on the ground floor, in the
+centre of an enclosure called a compound. It was covered with a sloping
+thickly-thatched roof, to keep out the rays of the sun. In the centre
+was a large hall which was our sitting-room, with doors opening all
+round it into the bedrooms, and outside them was a broad verandah. I
+spoke of doors, but I should rather have called them door-ways with
+curtains to them, thus the air set moving by the punkahs could circulate
+through the house, while the sun could not penetrate into the inner
+room, it was therefore kept tolerably cool."
+
+"I think we are better off in England, where even in the hottest weather
+we can keep cool without so much trouble being taken," observed Fanny.
+"How I pity the poor men who are obliged to work at the punkahs."
+
+"They are accustomed to the heat, and it is their business," observed
+Mrs Vallery; "they would not have thanked us had we dismissed them, and
+told them that for their sakes we were ready to bear the hot stifling
+atmosphere, or to refrain from going out in our palanquins."
+
+"What are palanquins, mamma?" asked Fanny.
+
+"A palanquin may be described as a litter or sofa without legs, and with
+a roof over it, carried by means of long poles, one on each side, the
+ends resting on the shoulders of the bearers. A person travelling in
+one can recline at full length, and sleep comfortably during a long
+journey. When travelling by post, or _dak_, as it is called, fresh
+bearers are found ready at each stage, just as post-horses are in
+England.
+
+"When we went out to pay visits for a short distance only we used a
+_tanjahn_, in which a person, instead of reclining, sits upright. It is
+somewhat like an English sedan-chair. We, however, at most of the
+stations where the roads were good, used open carriages sent out from
+England.
+
+"Your papa used occasionally, also, to go out hunting tigers on the back
+of an elephant. He did not, however, bestride it as he would a horse,
+but sat with one or two other persons in a sort of box, called a
+_howdah_, fastened on the animal's back. The huge creature was guided
+by a man called a _mahout_, seated on its neck, with a sharp-pointed
+stick in his hand. To get into the _howdah_ a ladder is placed against
+the animal's side, which stands perfectly quiet, till ordered by the
+_mahout_ to move on.
+
+"I have on several occasions travelled on the back of an elephant in a
+much larger _howdah_ than is used for hunting, when I had a _chattah_ or
+umbrella held over my head."
+
+"But do the huge elephants gallop after the tigers?" asked Fanny.
+
+"I should think not," observed Norman, now speaking for the first time.
+"Papa used to carry a gun, and beaters and dogs went into the jungle to
+drive out the tigers, and then he used to shoot them. He has often told
+me about it, and promised to take me when I am big enough. I should
+like to shoot a tiger."
+
+"You would not like to see a tiger spring up at the _howdah_, and try to
+drag you out of it, as happened when your papa was out shooting one day,
+and the poor _mahout_ was so dreadfully torn that he died?" observed
+Mrs Vallery. "Tiger shooting is a _very_ dangerous amusement, and I
+was always anxious till your papa came back safe. It was no amusement
+to me in the meantime."
+
+"Women are silly things, and are always being afraid," said Norman, with
+an impudent look.
+
+"That was not a proper remark, Norman, and it was especially rude in you
+to make it in our presence," observed Mrs Leslie.
+
+"When I am big I intend to go out tiger shooting, and if other people
+are afraid, I shall not be," persisted Norman.
+
+His grandmamma made no further remark, but she cast a look of pity at
+the boy.
+
+"But are not the elephants frightened, mamma, when they see the tigers?"
+asked Fanny, anxious to draw off attention from her brother.
+
+"They are wise creatures, and seem to know that their riders have the
+means of defending them, so that they very seldom run away," answered
+Mrs Vallery, "occasionally they take flight. Nothing can be more
+uncomfortable than having to sit on the back of an elephant under such
+circumstances. The creature sticks out its trunk and screams as it
+rushes onward, trampling down everything in its way. Should it pass
+under trees, it happens occasionally that a branch sweeps its riders
+with their _howdah_ from its back. Elephants are, however, generally so
+well-trained, that I never felt any fear when seated on the back of one.
+They are, indeed, wonderfully sensible creatures, and can be taught to
+do anything. They sometimes convey luggage and even light guns over
+rough country, which wheels cannot traverse. With their trunks they
+lift up enormous logs of wood, and place them exactly as directed when
+roads are being formed, and they will even build up piles of logs,
+placing each with the greatest exactness. I have heard of elephants
+taking up children in their trunks and playing with them, and putting
+them down again, without doing them the slightest injury. They can, as
+the natives say, do everything but talk, indeed they seem to understand
+what is said to them, and I have seen a _mahout_ whisper in his
+elephant's ear, when the creature immediately obeyed him, though he
+possibly may have used some other sign which I did not observe."
+
+"I should like to travel on the back of one of the well-trained
+elephants you speak of, mamma, because I could then look about and see
+the country, though I think that I should at first be somewhat afraid
+until I got accustomed to it," remarked Fanny.
+
+"You may be able to try how you like riding on the back of one of them
+at the Zoological Gardens, where perhaps your papa will take you some
+day," said Mrs Leslie, "it is among the places I thought you would like
+to see, and I told him that I was sure you would be very much interested
+in going there?"
+
+"I will go too, and take care of you," said Norman, with a patronising
+air, "I have ridden on an elephant in India, and if there are any tigers
+we will shoot them."
+
+"There are several tigers in the Zoological Gardens, but the owners
+would object to your shooting them, Norman," observed Mrs Leslie.
+"They are safely shut up in cages."
+
+"I suppose the people are afraid of them," said Norman, "I am not afraid
+of tigers, and when I go back to India I intend to shoot a great many."
+
+"You should not boast so much, Norman," observed his mamma. "Do you not
+remember how frightened you were at the tame leopard which our friend
+Mr James kept in his bungalow, and how, when you first saw the animal,
+you screamed out and came running to me for protection. I was not
+surprised, for had its master not been with us I should have been
+frightened too. But I do not like to hear you boast of your valour,
+especially when I cannot recollect any occasion on which you have
+exhibited it."
+
+Norman held his tongue, and soon after this Captain Vallery returned
+from London.
+
+Norman ran to him eagerly, expecting that he had a fresh football, or
+some other toy, but his papa had been too much ashamed of him to think
+of doing so, and Norman went out of the room grumbling at the neglect
+with which he was treated.
+
+"He cares for Fanny more than me," he muttered; "I daresay he has
+brought her something, but I am not going to let her boast of her
+beautiful doll, while I have got nothing to play with."
+
+Fanny did not dream that Norman would ever think of doing any harm to
+her doll, although every day after she had been playing with it, as it
+was too large to go into her doll's house, she either put it away
+carefully in a drawer, or carried it into granny's room. Norman
+therefore, though he looked about for Miss Lucy, could never find her.
+
+Norman was much older than many boys, who can read well, and Mrs Leslie
+strongly advised Captain Vallery to have him instructed.
+
+"He will learn in good time, and I do not like to run the risk of
+breaking his spirits by beginning too early," answered Captain Vallery.
+
+"But unless he begins to learn I do not see how he will ever be able to
+read, and until he does so, he cannot amuse himself, but must always be
+dependent upon others," answered his grandmamma. "I will take him in
+hand, and when I am unable to teach him I daresay Mrs Norton will do
+so."
+
+Captain Vallery at last consented that Norman should begin learning.
+
+Mrs Leslie found him a very refractory pupil, for although he evidently
+could learn, he would not attend to what she told him, and she was
+therefore glad to give him over to Mrs Norton. That lady had no idea
+of allowing a little boy to have his own way, so she kept Master Norman
+every morning close by her side till he had finished the task she set
+him. In a few days he knew all the letters, and could soon read short
+words without difficulty. He however did not feel at all as grateful as
+he ought to have done, for the instruction given him, and gladly escaped
+from the schoolroom when Mrs Norton devoted her attention to Fanny.
+
+One day his grandmamma had driven out with his papa and mamma, to call
+on some friends, when Norman having finished his lessons, Mrs Norton
+said to him, "You may go out and play on the lawn for an hour, till I
+call you in again."
+
+Norman ran off, well pleased to be at liberty, but not knowing exactly
+what to do with himself.
+
+"If I had my football I might kick it about, and have some fun," he
+thought, "no one has taken the trouble to mend it. I should think
+Fanny, who is so nimble with her fingers as granny says, might have done
+so. I must have a game at battledore and shuttlecock, I can play that
+alone."
+
+He went into the drawing-room to get one of the battledores, which were
+kept in an Indian cabinet. No sooner had he opened the door than his
+eye fell on Miss Lucy, seated in a large arm-chair, where Fanny, who had
+brought her down to try on a new frock which her mamma had made, had
+incautiously left her.
+
+"You are there, are you!" said Norman, slowly approaching, "you look as
+if you were laughing at me. I should like to know what business Fanny
+has with you, when I have not my football to play with."
+
+He stopped for a minute or more, looking at the doll with his fists
+clenched; and instead of trying to drive away the evil thought which had
+entered his mind, took a pleasure in encouraging it. Still, he did not
+touch the doll. "I will carry you out, and hide you in a bush, where
+Fanny cannot find you," he muttered.
+
+Then he thought that he must take out a battledore and shuttlecock and
+play with it, or what he proposed doing would be suspected. He went to
+the cabinet, and opening it, there he saw on an upper shelf the very
+knife with which he had made the hole in his football.
+
+A dreadful idea seized him, he took the knife and advanced with it
+towards poor Miss Lucy. Dragging her from the chair, he threw her on
+the ground and began to cut away at her wax neck with his knife. As the
+chief part of the edge was blunted, he did not at first make much
+impression; but, drawing it rapidly backwards till the sharp part
+towards the point reached the doll's neck, in one instant off rolled the
+head. Others who do wicked deeds often injure themselves, so Norman,
+whose finger was under the point cut a deep gash in it. As he felt the
+pain, and saw the blood spurting forth, he jumped up, crying lustily for
+some one to come and help him, utterly regardless of the mischief he had
+done.
+
+He gazed at his finger, and thought that all the blood in his body would
+run out.
+
+"Oh, what shall I do? what shall I do?" he screamed out. "Is nobody
+coming to help me?" Then he looked at the doll.
+
+"It was all your fault, you nasty thing," he exclaimed kicking the
+doll's body away from its head, "I wish that I had let you alone. What
+business had Fanny to leave you in the chair, looking so impudently at
+me, and if you had your head on, you would be laughing at me still?"
+then he again looked at his finger, which smarted very much, and as he
+saw the blood dropping down on the carpet, he bawled louder than ever.
+
+Fanny, during a pause in her reading, heard him. "What can be the
+matter with Norman?" she exclaimed, "may I run down and see?"
+
+"Yes, my dear, and call me if he has really hurt himself," said Mrs
+Norton, "but from the way in which he is crying, I do not think there is
+anything very serious."
+
+Fanny ran downstairs. She entered the drawing-room. For a moment, she
+stood aghast, as the first object which met her sight, was her dear,
+pretty Miss Lucy's head, lying some way apart from her body, with a huge
+knife near it, and Norman standing not far off.
+
+Fanny, as we have seen was a very sweet amiable girl, but, she had a
+spirit and a temper, though she generally restrained the latter, when
+inclined to give way to it. She saw at once that the cruel deed, had
+been done by Norman, and her heart swelling with indignation, she rushed
+forward, and gave him a box on the ear. She then threw herself down by
+the side of her doll, and burst into tears. Then picking it up, she
+endeavoured to fit on the head.
+
+The unexpected blow, from his usually gentle sister, so astonished
+Norman, that for a moment he ceased his shrieks.
+
+"You naughty, naughty, boy," I wish papa had whipped you twice as much
+as he did, and I hope, he may whip you again, she exclaimed, rising, and
+about to give him another slap, but just then, her eye fell on his
+bleeding hand, and he recommenced his shrieks and cries. She stopped,
+looking at him with alarm.
+
+"Oh, what is the matter? oh, what is the matter?" she cried out.
+
+"Send for the doctor, send for the doctor," shrieked Norman.
+
+"Come with me to Mrs Norton, she will know what to do," said Fanny,
+wrapping his hand up in her handkerchief. "Mamma and granny are out, or
+they would attend to you."
+
+"No, no, no, I must have a doctor, I shall die, I know I shall," cried
+Norman again and again.
+
+Fanny cast a piteous glance at poor Miss Lucy which she had let fall,
+and though feeling sure that Norman had cut off her head, she was so
+much alarmed about him, that without stopping to ask him, with her young
+heart full of sorrow, she led him up to Mrs Norton. She hoped he had
+done it by accident, or in play, for she would not allow herself to
+suppose, that he had been prompted by a spirit of envy and jealousy.
+Believing too, that he was severely injured, she felt sorry she had lost
+her temper, and struck him.
+
+"Let me look at your finger, young gentleman," said Mrs Norton,
+examining his hand. "Is this a cut to make so much fuss about? Go into
+your room, and a little water and sticking plaster will soon set it all
+to rights."
+
+Mrs Norton having bound up Norman's finger, asked Fanny how it had
+happened. Fanny, instead of replying, burst into tears.
+
+"Oh, do not ask me, do not ask me," she said at length. "I am sure he
+could not have intended to hurt Miss Lucy, but, O Mrs Norton, he has
+cut off her head, and I, when I saw what he had done, boxed his ears. I
+am so very sorry, but I did not see how much he had hurt himself."
+
+Mrs Norton gave a look at Norman, which ought to have made him ashamed
+of what he had done.
+
+His answer betrayed the evil spirit which had prompted him to do the
+deed.
+
+"You should not have had a pretty doll to play with, while I have only
+an empty football," he said, in the growling muttering way in which he
+too often spoke.
+
+"Sit down there, your heart must be a very bad one, to let you indulge
+in such a feeling," said Mrs Norton, placing Norman in the large chair,
+which stood in his room.
+
+Taking Fanny's hand, she led her downstairs. At first, Mrs Norton said
+she should leave the doll and knife on the ground to show Mrs Leslie
+and her mamma how he had behaved, but Fanny entreated her not to do so,
+and putting the knife back into the cabinet, she took up her doll, over
+which her tears fell fast, while she tried to replace its head.
+
+"We will try and mend the doll, Fanny," said Mrs Norton, "but I am
+afraid an ugly mark must always remain, and though we may succeed in
+putting on its head, nothing can excuse your brother's behaviour."
+
+"Oh, but he is very young, pleaded Fanny," and it will make granny and
+mamma, and I am afraid papa also so angry with him, but pray, do not
+tell them if you can help it. And I ought to have remembered what a
+little boy he is--and I should not have lost my temper and hit him--it
+was very naughty in me. "Oh dear, oh dear, how sorry I am," and Fanny
+again, gave way to her tears.
+
+Mrs Norton acknowledged that Fanny should not have lost her temper, at
+the same time she tried to comfort her.
+
+Mrs Norton then told Fanny, that she would take the doll home to try
+and fix on its head.
+
+"I shall be so much obliged to you, though I do not deserve it," said
+Fanny.
+
+"I am glad that you do not feel angry with your little brother, naughty
+as he has been. It is a blessed thing to forgive an injury, and we are
+following our Lord and Master's precept in doing so."
+
+"I am sure that I should be doing what is very wrong, if I did not
+forgive him," answered Fanny, "because I pray to be forgiven as I
+forgive others, and as he has hurt himself so much, I hope no one else
+will be angry with him."
+
+"I trust that the way he has hurt himself will be a lesson to him," said
+Mrs Norton, as having wrapped up the doll in her shawl, she accompanied
+her pupil back to the schoolroom. She allowed Norman to remain sitting
+in the chair by himself, but before she left the house, she begged Susan
+to go and attend to him.
+
+As soon as Fanny saw her granny and mamma returning from their drive,
+she ran down to meet them.
+
+"Norman has cut his finger," she said, "but Mrs Norton does not think
+it is very bad, and I want you not to ask me how he did it; pray do
+this, I shall be so much happier, if you will."
+
+They said "yes."
+
+"Thank you, dear granny; thank you, mamma," exclaimed Fanny, kissing
+them both.
+
+I think Fanny Vallery had pleasanter dreams than her brother Norman that
+night.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER FOUR.
+
+HARD TO ENDURE.
+
+Mrs Vallery went upstairs to see Norman. She found him still seated in
+the chair looking very sulky.
+
+"Mrs Norton and Susan and everybody have been scolding at me," he
+muttered; "I wish you would send them all away. And Fanny is as bad as
+any of them, and nobody cares for me, and Fanny has slapped my face, and
+I will slap hers another time, though she is a girl," and Norman began
+to cry.
+
+"My dear child, we all care very much for you," said his mamma, not
+knowing of course how he had cut his finger, and as she had promised
+Fanny not to do so, she did not ask him. "I am very sorry that Fanny
+should have slapped your face, but I am afraid you must have done
+something to provoke her, I must ask her why she did it. I cannot help
+thinking that you must have been naughty, or Mrs Norton and Susan would
+not have scolded you. Come down with me into the garden, we will have a
+game of battledore and shuttlecock on the lawn, the fresh air will do
+you good."
+
+"I cannot play, my hand hurts me so much," answered Norman.
+
+Mrs Vallery, seeing from the small size of the finger-stall Mrs Norton
+had put on, that the injury could not be very severe, insisted that
+Norman should accompany her.
+
+"You will soon, I hope, Norman, go to school, where you will have other
+boys to play with," observed Mrs Vallery, as she led him downstairs.
+
+She felt that the child was left too much alone by himself, and that if
+placed with companions of his own age, they would assist to correct some
+of his many faults. "If his papa consents to send him to school, he
+will at all events not be permitted there to have his own way, as he has
+hitherto been," she said to herself, and she determined to try and get
+Captain Vallery to select a school as soon as possible, knowing well
+that Mrs Leslie would support her.
+
+As it was Norman's left hand which had been hurt, he was very well able
+to hold a battledore, and after playing with his mamma a short time, he
+recovered his usual spirits, and appeared totally to forget how naughty
+he had been. He wondered that nobody had asked him how he had cut his
+finger, or spoke to him about Miss Lucy, not understanding the forgiving
+spirit which had induced Fanny to refrain from speaking of his conduct.
+
+"Perhaps she is afraid of saying anything about it, because she slapped
+my face," he thought.
+
+At last, Mrs Vallery went in to get ready for dinner.
+
+Fanny found Norman who had been sent into the drawing-room to put the
+battledores and shuttlecock away.
+
+"How is your finger?" she asked, in a pitying tone.
+
+"Oh, it smarts very much," he answered, "though I do not think you care
+much about it."
+
+"Indeed, I do, dear Norman," she said; "you do not know how sorry I am
+that I slapped your face, and granny has given me some salve and some
+soft linen to bind up your finger again, and if you will come here, I
+will try and do it very gently, and not hurt you."
+
+Fanny sat down in her granny's chair. Taking off the wrapping which
+Mrs Norton had put on, and which was somewhat stained with blood, she
+replaced it with a nice soft piece covered with salve, which felt very
+cool, and soon took away all the pain.
+
+Having done this Fanny affectionately kissed him.
+
+"You will forgive me for slapping your face, won't you, dear brother?"
+she said, "you know I could not help feeling angry, when I saw that you
+had spoilt my beautiful doll; but I do not want you to be punished, and
+so I have not told anybody except Mrs Norton, and she found it out of
+herself."
+
+"You are afraid of being punished for slapping my face," answered the
+ungrateful little boy.
+
+"Oh, how can you say that, Norman?" exclaimed Fanny, ready to burst into
+tears at the unfeeling observation. "I would have told mamma that I
+slapped you, but then I knew that that would have shown what you had
+done; but I did tell Mrs Norton, and she said I was wrong, and I knew I
+was, and I want you to forgive me for that."
+
+"I do not know what you mean by `forgive,'" said Norman.
+
+"That you do not feel angry or vexed, or wish to slap my face, or do me
+any harm, and that you love me as much as you did before, and will try
+to forget all about it," answered Fanny. "That is what I think is the
+meaning of forgiving, and that is what I know I ought to do about the
+way you treated Miss Lucy. I wish there would not be the ugly mark on
+her neck, which I am afraid she always will have, even when Mrs Norton
+gets her head put on, as she has promised to do; but I must try and make
+her a high frock with a frill, which will come under her chin, and hide
+it, and then I shall not see the mark, and so I hope I shall soon forget
+what you did to her."
+
+Norman opened his large eyes, and fixed them on his sister.
+
+"I think I know better than I did before what to forgive means," he
+observed; "I wish, Fanny, I was more like you."
+
+Just then Susan, who had been looking for the children to get them ready
+for tea, came in, and led off Norman. Unfortunately she had discovered
+how he had treated Miss Lucy, and she thought fit to give him another
+scolding. This made him angry, and he entirely forgot all that Fanny in
+her gentle way had told him about forgiveness. Once more he hardened
+his heart and thought that now he was equal with Fanny, as he had lost
+his football, and her doll had lost its head.
+
+Captain Vallery returned home later than usual. Norman, who heard his
+ring at the door, ran down to meet him, and was much disappointed to
+find that he had not brought a new football.
+
+"I thought, papa, that you would have remembered that my football is
+spoilt," he exclaimed, "and would have brought another."
+
+"But who spoilt it, let me ask?" said Captain Vallery. "As you spoilt
+the football, you should be the person to mend it, and you should not
+expect me to bring you a new one."
+
+"But I cannot mend it, papa," said Norman.
+
+"People often find that they cannot remedy the harm they have done,"
+observed his papa.
+
+Norman, who was afraid that his papa might hear of the way he had
+treated his sister's doll, did not ask any further questions.
+
+All the next day he behaved much better. His finger hurt him, and
+morning and evening he went humbly to Fanny to get it dressed, because
+he found she did it so gently and carefully.
+
+No one said anything about the doll, and he wondered what had become of
+it. Once or twice he thought that if he could find it he would put it
+out of the way altogether, for he was dreadfully afraid lest his granny
+or papa should discover that its head had been cut off. At last he
+thought he would dig a hole in the garden and put it into it, and cover
+it up, and then no one would be able to find it.
+
+"Fanny has not told about it," he thought, "she and Mrs Norton are the
+only people who know what I did, and as they have said nothing as yet, I
+hope that they will not."
+
+Norman did not consider that although neither his papa or mamma or
+granny might discover what he proposed doing, God would not only see
+him, but knew already the evil in his heart, and that should he continue
+to indulge his bad feelings, they would grow with his growth, and when
+he became a man they would too probably make him do things too terrible
+to mention.
+
+As soon as he had made up his mind what to do, while Fanny was at her
+lessons, he stole into her room, expecting to find the doll. He saw
+that it was not in the doll's house, and so he looked into her bed, and
+then he opened all her drawers, but no doll was to be found. He had
+seen her one day going in with it to granny's room, so he thought it
+might be there. Mrs Leslie was downstairs, he therefore hoped that he
+might be able to creep in and search for the doll without being
+discovered. He listened, the drawing-room door was closed, and he knew
+that Susan was not in that part of the house, so, walking on tiptoes, in
+he stole. He looked about in every part of the room where he thought
+the doll might be placed.
+
+"Perhaps Fanny puts it in one of the drawers," he said to himself, "but
+then what would granny say if she found out that I had looked into
+them."
+
+At last he put his hands to the handle, and opened a drawer just wide
+enough to peep in, but the doll was not there. He opened the next, but
+using greater force, he pulled it much wider open than he had intended:
+no doll was within. He tried to close it, but found he could not
+succeed, he pushed and pushed, still the drawer would not close; at
+last, putting his shoulder to it, he lifted it up, and the drawer shut,
+but in doing so it made much more noise than he had expected. There was
+still another drawer below it--he thought he would just peep in, and
+then run away as fast as possible. He took hold of the handle, and
+pulled and pulled, but the drawer would not open, for a good reason,
+because it was locked. This he did not discover, but thought he would
+pull once more, and if he did not succeed, he would give it up. He took
+hold of the handles, and exerted all his strength, suddenly he found,
+though the handles were in his hands, they had come out of the drawer,
+and over he rolled backwards. In falling he made a loud thump on the
+floor. Just then, before he had time to jump up, the door opened, and
+there stood his granny. She looked at him with astonishment.
+
+"What! have you been trying to open my drawers?" she asked gravely, "it
+is very wrong in you if you have," but she felt too much grieved at such
+a thing to speak angrily.
+
+"I came to look--to look--to look for Fanny's doll," blurted out Norman.
+
+"To look for Fanny's doll!" said Mrs Leslie, "I thought you did not
+care for dolls? Did Fanny send you for hers?"
+
+"No," answered Norman, "but I wanted her."
+
+"Fanny has not brought her doll to me for some time, and perhaps she has
+a good reason for not doing so," said Mrs Leslie, looking at Norman.
+"It would, even if you knew that the doll was there, have been very
+wrong of you to have looked into my drawers without my permission. I am
+sure your papa and mamma would not approve of your doing so."
+
+"Oh, do not tell them!" cried Norman, "perhaps papa will beat me again,
+and it's all Fanny's fault, she should not have had a doll now that my
+football is spoilt!"
+
+"I will make no promises," said Mrs Leslie, "go into your room, and
+remain there, while I speak to your mamma. The last remarks you made
+about your sister having a doll, shows that you have a jealous feeling
+of her, and prevents me from wishing to get your football mended, as I
+had thought of doing. People who are jealous of others are never happy,
+and I should only encourage you, were I to do as I purposed."
+
+Norman went into his room and sat himself down in his arm-chair. He
+thought that granny had let him off very well, as she had only scolded
+him, and what she had said did not make him at all ashamed of himself,
+nor did he see his fault. His only fear was that granny might tell his
+papa, who, though he allowed him to have his own way in many things,
+would, he had sense enough to know, be very much displeased with what he
+had done.
+
+"What can have become of Miss Lucy though?" he thought, "I still must
+try to find her! I wonder if they know that I cut off her head."
+
+He was allowed to remain in his room till he heard Fanny, who had done
+her lessons, calling to him. She invited him to have a game before
+dinner on the lawn.
+
+When there, she produced from under her pinafore a trap and bat.
+
+"Papa brought this yesterday in his pocket and gave it to me that I
+might play with you."
+
+Fanny put it down on the ground.
+
+"What a strange looking thing," exclaimed Norman, "what are we to do
+with it?"
+
+"I will show you," said Fanny, putting the ball into the trap and taking
+the bat in her right hand. "Now keep a little behind me, and I will
+force the ball up, then I will hit it with the bat and send it up into
+the air to a distance."
+
+Fanny, very adroitly, made the ball fly nearly across the lawn.
+
+"You observe where it fell; now go there and try and catch it, and if
+you do so you will get me out, and you will have the right to come and
+play at the trap till I put you out. Or, if you roll the ball up and
+hit the trap you put me out."
+
+Fanny played for some time, but at last, finding that Norman could not
+catch the ball nor roll it against the trap, thought that he would
+become impatient, and she hit it only a little way. He ran up, and
+without discovering that she did this to please him, soon managed to
+roll the ball against the trap.
+
+"Ah, I have put you out at last, Miss," he exclaimed, "and now you shall
+see where I send the ball to, you had better go to the other side of the
+lawn, and try and catch me out if you can!"
+
+Norman seized the bat, looking as if he was going to do great things,
+and Fanny went, as he desired her, to a distance.
+
+The first time he struck the trap he upset it, and the ball tumbled down
+by his side. Again and again he tried to hit the ball, but always
+missed it, and it sometimes scarcely rose out of the cup.
+
+"What a stupid bat this is," he exclaimed, losing patience, "I wonder
+you could manage to make the ball jump out of it."
+
+"All you want is patience and practice," answered Fanny, "try and try
+again, I do not mind looking out for you?"
+
+Norman made a few more attempts, with equal want of success.
+
+"You have done something to the trap I am sure, or I should be able to
+hit the ball," he cried out.
+
+"Nonsense!" said Fanny laughing, "it is entirely your own fault, strike
+the tail more gently and keep your eye on the ball, you will be able to
+hit it."
+
+Once more he tried, but instead of hitting the trap more gently, Norman
+used greater force, and consequently upset it, and looking to see what
+had happened, instead of keeping his eyes on the ball, the latter in
+falling hit him slightly on the head; this was enough for him, and when
+Fanny, laughing, was coming up to him, altogether losing his temper he
+threw the bat at her with all his force. It fortunately missed her
+head, but striking her on the shoulder hurt her very much.
+
+"O Norman, how could you do that!" she exclaimed, seizing him by the
+arm. "I was only going to show you how to use the bat, and you might
+have killed me," she said, naturally feeling very angry with him. "You
+naughty, naughty boy!"
+
+Norman lifted up his fist as if about to strike her, Fanny seized his
+other arm, he struggled to free himself. At that moment Mrs Vallery
+came out of the house.
+
+"What are you children about?" she asked. "Fanny my dear, what are you
+doing to your little brother?"
+
+"She was laughing at me," cried out Norman, "and because I was angry,
+she is pinching me all over."
+
+"Indeed, I am not," said Fanny, and though an instant before she had
+felt very angry with Norman, having overcome the feeling, she did not
+like to say that he had thrown the bat at her.
+
+"I laughed at him, mamma, merely because he missed the ball so often,
+and when I came near him he wanted to hit me."
+
+"And I did hit you," cried Norman, "and I will hit you again if you
+laugh at me," and again he struggled to get free.
+
+"My dear Fanny, you should have more consideration for your little
+brother," remarked Mrs Vallery, coming up to them.
+
+Fanny let go her hold of Norman, who gave a vicious kick out at her as
+she did so, and ran to his mamma's side.
+
+Poor Fanny felt inclined to cry at the rebuke she had received, and yet
+she would not excuse herself by saying what Norman had done. That young
+gentleman, considering he had gained a triumph, shouted out--
+
+"Now you may go and play by yourself, I do not want to have anything
+more to do with the stupid trap and bat."
+
+"It is very ungrateful in you to say that, Norman, after your papa
+brought it down expressly for you," said Mrs Vallery. "Stay and play
+on, and try if you cannot do better; and, Fanny, let me ask you not to
+laugh at the little fellow if he does not manage to hit the ball as
+often as you do."
+
+"I will gladly stop and play with Norman, and promise not to laugh at
+him," answered Fanny, ever ready to forgive, though, as she moved her
+arm, she felt much pain.
+
+"Will you try again, Norman, and let me show you how you may hit the
+ball?" she said gently.
+
+Norman sulkily consented, and their mamma, thinking that he was
+reconciled to his sister, returned to the house.
+
+Fanny again set to work to show her brother how he ought to strike the
+trap, and in a short time, by following her directions, he was able to
+send the ball some distance. He now, highly delighted, kept her running
+about in all directions. Her arm hurt her too much to enable her to
+catch the ball, and though she might frequently have rolled it back
+against the trap and put him out, seeing how much amused he was she
+refrained from doing so.
+
+"We will have another game by-and-by," he exclaimed, as they were
+summoned to dinner, and he went in highly pleased with his performance,
+and ready to boast about it, but he entirely forgot the injury he had
+done to poor Fanny.
+
+They had another game in the afternoon, though Fanny could with
+difficulty play.
+
+When she was putting on her frock in the evening to go down to dessert,
+Susan observed that her shoulder was very black.
+
+"What have you done to your shoulder, Miss Fanny?" she asked; "I must
+put something to it."
+
+Fanny had to confess that Norman had thrown the bat at her, but begged
+Susan not to scold him.
+
+"I cannot promise, Miss, not to do that," she answered, "I am so angry
+with him. He is a regular little tyrant. Trusty knows it, if nobody
+else does, for, from the day the young gentleman came into the house he
+has kept away from him, and I think he ought to be whipped for many
+other things besides telling stories."
+
+Fanny again pleaded in her usual way for her young brother, though she
+could not help confessing to herself that Susan was right.
+
+At dessert Fanny sat next to her grandmamma, but her hurt shoulder was
+turned away from her and was towards Norman, who saw the black mark and
+remembering how it must have been caused, was in a great fright all the
+time he was eating the dish of strawberries his papa gave him, lest some
+one else would discover it. It might possibly have prevented him from
+enjoying his dessert as much as he otherwise would have done. Their
+mamma was sitting opposite, and saw the mark, but thought it was a
+shadow cast on Fanny's shoulder, and thus no one said anything on the
+subject.
+
+Norman congratulated himself when he and Fanny went up to bed, that his
+violent act had escaped detection. Susan, however, who had undertaken
+to put him to bed, asked him how he had dared to strike his sister in
+the way he had done.
+
+"I did not strike her, she held my arms and pinched me too much for
+that."
+
+"What do you call throwing a bat at her and hitting her with it, then?"
+asked Susan.
+
+"If you ask me questions I will strike you, you tiresome thing,"
+exclaimed Norman, tearing off his clothes as fast as he could, in the
+hopes of getting Susan quickly out of the room.
+
+"You had better not, young gentleman," said Susan; "your grandmamma does
+not allow anybody to be struck in this house, and I should hold you a
+good deal tighter than your sister did."
+
+Norman never dared to answer Susan when she spoke in that tone of voice,
+and so he held his tongue till she had washed him and put him into bed,
+when his mamma came upstairs to hear him say his prayers. I am afraid
+that Norman merely uttered the words, for his heart was certainly not
+right towards God, nor did he even feel sorry for what he had done.
+
+The next day, when Mrs Norton arrived, Norman saw that she had
+something wrapped up in her shawl. As she unfolded it, there was Miss
+Lucy, with a high dress, and frill round her neck.
+
+"Oh, thank you! thank you! dear Mrs Norton," exclaimed Fanny, kissing
+her, "how very kind of you, and such a pretty dress! She really looks
+as nice as ever, and I am sure I shall soon forget what a dreadful
+accident happened to her," and she cast a forgiving, affectionate look
+at Norman. He did not return it, but eyed Miss Lucy askance, muttering,
+"My ball is not mended."
+
+Mrs Norton did not hear him, and Fanny hoped her ears had deceived her.
+
+"My dear, why do you not lean on your left arm, as I have told you,"
+said Mrs Norton when Fanny was taking her writing lesson.
+
+"My shoulder hurts me," answered Fanny, "and, if you will excuse me, I
+will try and write without doing so."
+
+"There, now, she is going to tell her governess I threw the bat at her,"
+thought Norman.
+
+Fanny particularly wished to avoid giving any reason why her shoulder
+hurt her, and when Mrs Norton asked what was the matter with her arm,
+she replied, that it was nothing very serious, she was sure, and hoped
+that it would soon be well.
+
+Mrs Norton seeing that she did not wish to talk about it, forebore to
+question her on the subject.
+
+As soon as her lessons were over, Fanny took her doll up to her room,
+and reintroduced her to Nancy. Norman who had followed her, watched her
+with an envious eye, as she made the two dolls talk to each other.
+
+After she had played with them for some time, she put Miss Lucy on her
+bed, and she and Norman went down into the drawing-room.
+
+Norman had not given up his evil intention of putting Miss Lucy out of
+the way. He forgot all his sweet sister's forbearance, and
+loving-kindness towards him; and still allowed that terrible feeling of
+envy to rankle in his heart.
+
+A few days before, Mrs Leslie and her daughter had received an
+invitation to pay a visit, with the children, to some friends in
+Scotland. Captain Vallery was unable to accompany them, being detained
+in London, but he expected shortly to follow. Fanny was delighted at
+the thought of visiting the Highlands, and seeing the beautiful lakes
+and streams, and mountains, she had heard so much of.
+
+"I don't care for those sort of things," observed Norman, as he heard
+their plans discussed at dinner.
+
+"Shall we have elephants to ride on, or tiger shooting?" he asked, "that
+would suit papa and me best."
+
+Fanny burst into a fit of merry laughter, at which Norman got very
+angry.
+
+"Don't you know that there are no elephants or tigers in this part of
+the world?" inquired Fanny. "The only wild animals are deer, and I
+always think how cruel it is to shoot such beautiful creatures, when I
+hear of people hunting them."
+
+"Perhaps papa and I will go out and shoot them, only women and girls
+think shooting cruel," said Norman scornfully.
+
+"A little boy should not speak disrespectfully of the tender feelings of
+women and girls," observed Mrs Leslie. "Fanny is very right when she
+expresses her sorrow, at hearing of deer being killed merely for sport,
+though if they were allowed to live in great numbers they would prevent
+other more useful animals from finding pasture."
+
+"I say it is very good fun, shooting animals of all sorts," exclaimed
+Norman.
+
+"You should not speak to your grandmamma in that tone," said Mrs
+Vallery.
+
+Norman always grew angry when rebuked, and muttered something to
+himself, of which no one took notice.
+
+After dinner Fanny remained with her granny and mamma to do some work,
+while Norman stole out of the room. He stood in the hall for some
+minutes, and then creeping upstairs, went into Fanny's bed-chamber.
+There on the bed lay Miss Lucy. Taking her up he silently came
+downstairs, and made his way by the back door into the garden, hoping
+that no one observed him.
+
+"I will pay Fanny off for laughing at me," he muttered, as he ran
+quickly, with Lucy in his arms, towards the plot of ground at the
+farthest end, near Fanny's garden which had remained uncultivated. He
+had left Fanny's spade there the day before. Picking it up and hiding
+the doll in the shrubbery, he began digging away in the soft ground till
+he had made a large and deep hole. Not caring how much the earth would
+spoil Miss Lucy's wax face and pretty dress, he placed her in it, and
+then covered her completely over, smoothing the ground so that, as he
+thought, no one would discover that he had been digging there.
+
+"Now though my football is spoilt, Fanny will never get her doll again,
+and so we are equal," he muttered to himself, as he went towards the
+tool-house to leave the spade there.
+
+Just then he caught sight of Trusty running along the path. The dog
+never came near him if he could help it.
+
+Norman put the spade where he had intended, and returning to the lawn,
+began playing with his trap and ball. He soon grew tired of being by
+himself, so going to the drawing-room window, he shouted out--
+
+"Fanny I want you to come and play with me."
+
+"You may go out, and try and amuse your little brother," said Mrs
+Vallery, "he should not be left so much by himself."
+
+Fanny, though she wanted to finish her work, without a word of
+remonstrance, put it aside, and ran out to the lawn.
+
+"Now, Fanny, just try and catch the ball if you can, I have got the
+trap, so I intend to be in first," said Norman striking the trap with
+his bat.
+
+Fanny did as her brother asked her.
+
+For some time, though she might easily often have put him out, wishing
+to afford him all the amusement in her power, she refrained from doing
+so. When she proposed stopping, he, in his usual style, ordered her to
+go on. She did so a few minutes longer, and, as he now managed to hit
+the ball to a considerable distance, she had to run about a great deal.
+At last she began to lose patience, and, rolling the ball against the
+trap, she told him that he must now give up the bat to her. On this he
+threw it down, declaring he had played long enough.
+
+"That is not fair," she exclaimed. "You ought to go and look out for
+me."
+
+He refused to do so, and walked away; while Fanny, feeling more angry
+with him than she had ever before been, went into the house.
+
+"As Norman will not play properly, I must go and amuse myself with Miss
+Lucy," she thought.
+
+She entered her room; Miss Lucy was not on her bed, where she was
+certain she had left her. She hunted about, and then went to Susan to
+ask if she had taken her.
+
+"I have not even been into your room, Miss Fanny," answered Susan; "but
+I suspect, if she has gone, who took her. Just do you go and ask your
+brother."
+
+Fanny ran after Norman, and found him in the path leading to their part
+of the garden.
+
+"Where is my doll?" she inquired.
+
+"What do I know about your doll?" he exclaimed. He was afraid to say
+that he had not taken her because he remembered the whipping his papa
+had given him.
+
+"I am sure you have taken her," exclaimed Fanny; "Susan says so, and
+told me to ask you."
+
+"How did she dare to say that?" cried Norman. "You had better look for
+your doll, and if you find her you will have her again, and if not, you
+will not be worse off than I am without my football, which I liked just
+as much as you do your stupid doll."
+
+"My doll is not stupid," cried Fanny; "you tried to make her so by
+cutting her head off, you naughty, ill-natured boy;" and Fanny seized
+his arm feeling much inclined to box his ears.
+
+"Let me alone," cried Norman. "I am not going to talk about your stupid
+doll, and stupid she is; and I wish Mrs Norton had not put on her head
+again. I will tell papa you pinched me, though you do pretend to be so
+sweet and gentle."
+
+Fanny felt both hurt and indignant and angry at this accusation. She
+let go her brother's arm, and looked at him in a way which she had never
+before done.
+
+"You have taken my doll, I know you have, and I do not believe you, even
+though you say that you have not," she exclaimed.
+
+"I won't say anything about it," said Norman, looking very determined.
+
+"Then I must ask granny and mamma, to make you, you naughty boy," she
+cried.
+
+"They cannot make me if I do not know where she is; and I will pay you
+off for threatening me," cried Norman.
+
+Fanny was going back to the house, feeling unable to bear any longer
+with her little brother, when she caught sight of Trusty, at the further
+end of the walk, scratching away with might and main in the ground near
+her garden. Norman saw him too, and felt very uncomfortable. If he did
+not drive the dog away, what he had done would certainly be discovered;
+but he dare not go near him without his whip, for Trusty was apt to
+snarl if he attempted to catch him.
+
+"What can Trusty be about?" she exclaimed, going towards her garden.
+
+Norman followed, though he would rather have run away. As he went on he
+picked up some stones, which the gardener had dug up out of a newly-made
+bed. He was just going to throw one at the dog, when Fanny turning
+round saw him and held his hand; while Trusty, scratching away more
+vehemently than ever, caught hold of a piece of white muslin, which he
+had exposed to view, and dragged forth poor Miss Lucy sadly dirtied and
+disfigured. Norman let the stones drop from his hands in dismay.
+
+"You did it! I know you did! You buried her when she was not dead--
+though you had cut her head off--you naughty, wicked, bad boy," cried
+Fanny bestowing several slaps on her brother's face ere she rushed
+forward to pick up her doll.
+
+Fanny's tears fell fast while she endeavoured to brush off the black
+earth from poor Miss Lucy's face, and shook her muslin frock; but still
+a great deal of earth remained about her hair, and in her eyes and
+mouth. Poor Fanny lost all control of herself as she gazed at the sad
+spectacle. Norman stood by unmoved though he did not like the boxes on
+the ears he had received. Again Fanny flew at him and repeated her
+blows, when Trusty began to bark, eager to assist his young mistress,
+and very sure that she was doing right.
+
+Norman on this, taking fright, ran along the path towards the house as
+fast as he could go, Trusty barking at his heels, and Fanny following
+him. The boy shrieked as he ran, crying louder and louder.
+
+His voice reached his mamma's ears, and she hurried out, fearing that
+some accident had happened. Mrs Leslie also came out; and at the same
+moment Captain Vallery arrived. Norman rushed up to them, shrieking out
+that Trusty was going to bite him, and that Fanny had been beating him
+black and blue.
+
+Fanny came up directly afterwards, the tears dropping from her eyes, her
+face flushed, and still bearing the traces of her unusual anger, while
+her sobs prevented her from explaining what had happened, or defending
+herself. All she could do, was to hold up her doll, and point to
+Norman.
+
+"He did it, he did it!" then her tears gushed forth afresh.
+
+"She beat me, she beat me!" retorted Norman.
+
+"I am afraid you both have been very naughty," said Mrs Vallery.
+
+"You know I never allow Norman to be beaten except by me," observed
+Captain Vallery.
+
+Mrs Leslie, who had more confidence in Fanny than her own parents had,
+said--
+
+"Let us hear what provocation Norman gave, before we condemn her. What
+has occurred, my dear child?"
+
+"He buried Miss Lucy to hide her from me," sobbed Fanny. "If Trusty had
+not pulled her out, I should never have found her, and she would have
+been entirely spoilt; as it is, the poor creature's eyes are full of
+dirt, and her pretty gown is all covered with earth."
+
+Fanny continued sobbing as if her young heart would break.
+
+Her granny now led her into the house, followed by Mrs Vallery holding
+Norman by the hand.
+
+Though he would not confess what he had done, the fact was evident, but
+as he had not told a story, his papa did not offer to whip him, as he
+deserved. Mrs Vallery spoke to him very seriously, and he listened to
+her lecture quietly enough, as he did not mind being scolded.
+
+Her granny had done her best in the meantime to comfort Fanny, and with
+the assistance of Susan put Miss Lucy to rights, though several ugly
+marks remained on her face, and her frock required to be carefully
+washed.
+
+Before going to bed she found Norman, and telling him how sorry she was
+that she had beaten him, forgave him with all her heart for the injury
+he had done her doll.
+
+"You will not try to hurt her again, will you, Norman?" she said,
+"promise me that, or I shall be afraid of leaving her for a moment, lest
+you should find her, and do her some harm."
+
+Norman promised, and Fanny kissed him, and felt at length more happy,
+though, as she laid her young head on the pillow, it seemed, as if
+something very terrible had happened during the day. Norman did not
+trouble himself much about the matter; he had got off very cheaply, and
+it is possible that he really was happier than if he had succeeded in
+hiding Miss Lucy, and utterly destroying her--he certainly would have
+been very uncomfortable while people were looking for her, and he was
+dreading that she would be discovered, and his wicked act brought to
+light.
+
+The day arrived when the family were to go to Scotland. Captain Vallery
+accompanied them to London, and saw them off by the train. Fanny had
+never made so long a journey before, as she had only been up and down
+occasionally with her granny to town. It seemed very strange to her to
+find the train going on and on, passing by towns, and villages, and
+country houses, without stopping: sometimes for a whole hour together it
+flew on and she found that fifty miles had been passed over. Norman
+laughed at her exclamations of surprise and delight.
+
+"Oh, this is nothing," he observed, "we have come all the way from India
+by a steamer, through the Suez Canal and then along the Mediterranean
+and right through France."
+
+"You are a young traveller; Fanny knows that. Perhaps some day she may
+make the same journey," observed Mrs Leslie. "Still you should not
+despise your sister, because she has not seen as much as you have."
+
+The party remained a few days in Edinburgh to see various friends, and
+then proceeded on to Glen Tulloch--a romantic place in the Highlands--
+the residence of Mr and Mrs Maclean, with whom they had been invited
+to stay.
+
+Every one was pleased with Fanny, and thought Norman a very fine boy,
+and he was perfectly satisfied with the praises he heard bestowed on
+him.
+
+The house stood on the side of a hill, with a stream running into a loch
+on one side, and a wide extent of level wild ground above it.
+
+Mr Maclean showed the children a rough little carriage he had had
+built, and told Fanny that she might take it out whenever she liked, and
+give her brother a drive over the moor.
+
+"I daresay as he has only just come from India, he is unaccustomed to
+walk over our rough ground, and you need not be afraid of breaking the
+carriage, you can go where you like."
+
+Fanny was delighted, and offered at once to take Norman out.
+
+"Yes, and I will sit in the carriage, and drive you with my whip, that
+will be good fun," said Norman.
+
+His whip, however, had not been brought to Scotland, but Mr Maclean,
+who thought he was in fun, cut him a long stick, and helped the children
+up the hill with the carriage. When they got on level ground, he wished
+them good-bye, and Fanny dragging the carriage into which Norman got,
+they proceeded on their journey.
+
+The carriage was roughly made, being merely a wooden box cut out, on
+either side with thick wooden wheels, and a pole by which it was
+dragged. Norman, however, thought it very good fun to sit in it, and be
+drawn along. At first, he contented himself with merely flourishing the
+stick, but when Fanny did not go fast enough to please him, he began to
+hit at her with it.
+
+"Go on, my little horse, go on. I wish you were a coolie, and I would
+soon make you move faster," he shouted out, hitting at her several
+times.
+
+As long as he only struck her dress, Fanny did not mind, but when the
+young tyrant, leaning forward, began to beat her on the shoulders, she
+turned round and declared that she would go no farther if he did so
+again.
+
+"But I will make you," he answered; "go on, I say."
+
+Fanny stopped, and again told him not to use his stick as he was doing.
+
+"Well, go on and you will see," he said, letting his stick hang out
+behind the carriage, for he was afraid that she would take it from him.
+
+Fanny once more began to drag the carriage forward, but she had not got
+far when she felt the stick on her shoulders.
+
+"You are not going fast enough to please me," cried Norman.
+
+"I told you that I would not draw you at all if you hit me, and you have
+done so notwithstanding," said Fanny, feeling very angry.
+
+"You cannot leave me out here by myself, so you must drag me home," said
+Norman, "and I am determined that you shall go as fast as I like."
+
+"Home we will go, then," answered Fanny, and, turning the carriage
+round, she began to return by the way they had come.
+
+Norman seemed determined to make her angry, for after they had gone a
+little way he again hit her with the end of his stick. Suddenly turning
+round, she snatched it from him, and, breaking it in two, threw it to a
+distance.
+
+Norman was afraid of getting out, lest his sister should run off with
+the carriage, and as she could not now be struck, she dragged it home as
+fast as she could go.
+
+Mr Maclean seemed somewhat surprised to see his young friends return so
+soon.
+
+Norman lost his excursion, and Fanny, in her kindness, thinking that he
+was sufficiently punished, did not say how he had treated her.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER FIVE.
+
+IN THE HIGHLANDS.
+
+"I hope you had a pleasant excursion, my dears, on the moor," said Mrs
+Maclean, when they entered the house.
+
+"Oh, we had very good fun, and we should have had more if Fanny would
+have gone farther," answered Norman. "She cannot stand jokes, and
+because I just touched her with my stick she would not go on."
+
+Fanny cast a reproachful glance at Norman. She had determined not to
+complain of him, and now he was trying to make it appear that he had
+come back through her want of temper. This was very hard indeed to
+bear, but she did not attempt to defend herself, for she knew that her
+granny would be aware of the truth, and that satisfied her, and she was
+unwilling to make her little brother appear to disadvantage in the eyes
+of their hostess.
+
+"I shall be very happy to take Norman out again whenever he likes, and I
+hope that I shall be able to draw him farther than I did to-day," she
+said quietly.
+
+Mrs Maclean was a very kind lady, an old friend of their granny's, and
+Fanny thought her very like her; she had the same quiet, but yet firm,
+manner, and she seemed to take an interest in what she and Norman said
+and did, and to be anxious to amuse them.
+
+Mr Maclean was a Highland gentleman who preferred spending his days
+among his native moors and heathery hills, to living in a town and
+mixing in the world.
+
+Norman whispered to Fanny that he thought he was an old farmer, when he
+first saw him in his tartan shooting-coat and trowsers, with a bonnet on
+his head, a plaid over his shoulders, and a thick stick in his hand.
+Old as he was, however, he could walk many a mile over those heathery
+hills he loved so well, and not only Norman, but Norman's papa, might
+have had some difficulty in keeping up with him. He was as kind as Mrs
+Maclean, and soon took a great fancy to Fanny; Norman discovered that,
+somehow or other, he did not stand so well in his opinion.
+
+The laird, as he was called, now entered the room--"Well, young people,
+you took but a short excursion to-day," he observed; "perhaps, Mistress
+Fanny, you found the carriage rather heavy to drag, and if you have a
+fancy for a row on the loch, as I am going down after luncheon to try
+and catch a few trout for dinner, I shall be glad to take you with me."
+
+"Oh, thank you, Mr Maclean, I should so like to go," answered Fanny.
+"May we, mamma? may we, granny?"
+
+Mrs Leslie and her mamma willingly gave their consent.
+
+"I must ask you to take care that Norman does not tumble into the water,
+though," said Mrs Vallery.
+
+"I will make a line fast to the young gentleman's leg, and soon haul him
+out again if he does," answered Mr Maclean, laughing.
+
+"I can take very good care of myself, thank you," said Norman; "but I
+should like to see you catch some fish, if they are good big ones."
+
+"There are not finer in any loch in Scotland, but they will not always
+rise to the fly," observed Mr Maclean.
+
+As soon as luncheon was over, the laird, carrying his rod and
+fishing-basket, and accompanied by his two young friends, set off for
+the loch. On their way they were joined by Sandy Fraser, a tall, thin,
+old man, with grey hairs escaping from under his bonnet. Sandy had been
+Mr Maclean's constant attendant from his boyhood, and had followed him
+to many parts of the world which he had visited before he settled down
+in his Highland home.
+
+On reaching the loch, they found a boat, and Sandy took the oars. The
+two children were placed in the centre, Mr Maclean took his seat in the
+stern, and Sandy rowed away towards the further end of the loch. On one
+side the hills, with here and there bare, grey rocks appearing on their
+steep sides, rose directly out of the water, and were reflected on its
+calm surface.
+
+"Why, the hills are standing on their heads," exclaimed Norman, who for
+the first time in his life had witnessed such a scene.
+
+Rowing on, they passed several pretty islands covered thickly with
+trees, among which, Fanny said, she should like to have a hut and live
+like Robinson Crusoe.
+
+"No, I should be Robinson Crusoe, and you should be Friday," exclaimed
+Norman, who knew the story, as it was in one of Fanny's picture-books.
+
+"Young gentleman, you should be proud of working for your sister,"
+observed the laird, who was busy getting his fishing-tackle ready. "It
+is far more manly to work for others, than to let others work for you."
+
+Norman held his tongue, for he had an opinion that he had better not
+contradict the old gentleman as he was accustomed to do other persons.
+
+Fanny watched Mr Maclean with great curiosity, as, at length having
+reached a spot where, the breeze playing over the surface, he expected
+the fish to rise, he began to throw the little fly at the end of his
+long line. Now he made it skim the water from one side to the other,
+now he drew it towards him, always keeping it in motion, just as a real
+fly would play over the surface. On a sudden there was a splash, and
+for an instant the head of a fish was seen above the surface, and the
+tip of the light rod bending, the line ran rapidly out of his reel. The
+laird began at length to wind up the line, in vain the poor fish swam
+here and there, it could not get the sharp hook out of its mouth.
+Sandy, laying in his oars, got the landing-net ready. The rod was so
+light that it could not have borne the weight of the fish, but by
+putting the net beneath it he easily lifted it into the boat.
+
+"Oh, what a fine fish," exclaimed Fanny, as she examined the large loch
+trout which had been caught; "what delicate colours it has! How
+beautifully it is marked on the back!"
+
+"We must get a few more, though, to make up our dish," said Mr Maclean,
+getting his line ready for another throw.
+
+A second unwary trout was soon caught, and a third, and a fourth.
+
+"I should like to fish too," exclaimed Norman. "Won't you let me have
+your long stick and string, Mr Maclean? It seems very easy, and I am
+sure I should soon catch some."
+
+The laird laughed heartily.
+
+"You are more likely to tumble into the water, and then we should have
+to catch you, young gentleman," he answered. "It will take a good many
+years before you can throw a fly, let me tell you."
+
+Norman was not convinced.
+
+"I'll get Sandy to row me out some day."
+
+"He is welcome to do that; but remember, you must not be tumbling
+overboard."
+
+"I can take very good care of myself," answered Norman, folding his
+arms, and trying to look very grand.
+
+A broad grin came over the countenance of Sandy, who knew enough of
+English to understand him. He nodded to his master.
+
+"If he comes with me I will take gude care of the child, and maybe he
+will catch a big trout some day; and you will come, young lady, and I
+will teach you to catch fish too," he said, turning to Fanny.
+
+"Oh, I am sure I should not like to ran a hook into their mouths, it
+must hurt them so dreadfully," answered Fanny.
+
+"They are given to us for food, my little girl," observed Mr Maclean,
+"and most conscientiously I believe they suffer no real pain, and
+although the instinct of self-preservation makes them wish to escape, I
+doubt even whether they are frightened when they feel the hook in their
+mouths."
+
+Still Fanny was incredulous, and thought she should never agree with the
+laird on that point.
+
+"I do not care whether the fish are hurt or not if I want to catch
+them," observed Norman, showing his usual indifference to the feelings
+of others, whether human beings or animals.
+
+Fanny enjoyed the row very much, and thanked Sandy for offering to take
+her and Norman out.
+
+They reached home in time to have the trout dressed for dinner, and the
+laird insisted that the children should come down, and partake of some
+of the fish which they, as he said, had assisted to catch.
+
+The laird was fond of the study of natural history, and narrated a
+number of anecdotes especially of the sagacity of animals.
+
+"Fanny and I have a difference of opinion as to whether fish when caught
+do or do not feel pain," he observed. "I remember reading an anecdote
+which, if true, supports what she thinks. A surgeon was one day walking
+by the side of a pond in a gentleman's grounds in England, when he saw a
+large pike, which had struck its head against a piece of iron projecting
+from a sunken log, and was struggling in the water close to the bank.
+The fish did not attempt to swim away, nor did it seem alarmed, when the
+surgeon stooped down, and lifted it gently out of the water. He at once
+saw that the jaw of the fish had been broken, and with his penknife and
+some strips of wood and linen, which he had in his pocket, he
+dexterously managed to bind up the jaw, after doing which, he placed the
+fish in the water. It did not even then swim away, but as long as he
+remained on the bank, kept watching him attentively.
+
+"The next day, going down to the pond what was his surprise to see the
+fish swim towards him, and poke his head out of the water. He perceived
+that some of the bandaging had been displaced, and lifting the fish as
+before gently on the bank he dressed the wound, and again returned it to
+its native element. As he walked along the bank, the fish swam by his
+side, and not till he turned his back, did it dart off into deep water.
+
+"The following day, he again went down to the pond, when the fish swam
+up to where he stood, though it did no more than come to the edge, being
+apparently satisfied that its wound was going on well. As long as he
+remained in the place, the fish invariably appeared whenever he went to
+the pond, and swam close to the edge, as he walked along the bank.
+
+"I must confess that that fish must have had as much sense as many other
+animals, and probably felt more pain when injured, and would have been
+alarmed, if it had been attacked, or had found a hook in its jaws."
+
+"But is the story really true?" asked Fanny.
+
+"It is at all events as well authenticated as many other anecdotes,"
+answered the laird. "By-the-by, Mrs Vallery, I should like to witness
+the performances of the snake-charmers in India. Have you ever seen
+them?"
+
+"Frequently," answered Mrs Vallery. "They are very wonderful, and my
+husband has taken some pains to ascertain whether there is any
+imposture, but without success. They profess to charm the Cobra de
+Capella and other snakes, which are excessively venomous, and abound in
+all the hotter parts of the country. It is said, indeed, that 12,000
+natives are killed annually by bites from them. The snake-charmers do
+not previously train the snakes, but will charm those only just caught,
+quite as well as those they carry about with them.
+
+"They use for this purpose, a hollow gourd on which they play a buzzing
+music. On one occasion, three men appeared, dressed only in their
+turbans and waist cloths, in which it was impossible they could have
+concealed any snakes. My husband took them to some wild ground, where
+they speedily caught a couple of large cobras, and returning with the
+venomous creatures having placed them on the ground, made them rear up
+their bodies, and raise and bow their heads, keeping exact time with the
+music. After they had ceased, my husband speedily killed the snakes,
+and on examining them the poison fangs were found to be perfect.
+Generally, however, the snake-charmers either extract the fangs of the
+snakes they carry about with them, or wisely employ those which are
+harmless. They allow the creatures to crawl over their bodies, and
+twist and twine themselves in the most horrible manner round their necks
+and arms, and I have seen a snake putting its forked tongue into its
+master's mouth.
+
+"There are instances, however, of the venomous serpents biting the
+snake-charmers, who have thus lost their lives.
+
+"At one of the stations where my husband was quartered, snakes were very
+numerous, and we used to keep a mongoose in the house to destroy them.
+It is a pretty little animal, a species of ichneumon with catlike habits
+and a very prying disposition. The common idea is, that if bitten by a
+venomous serpent, it runs to find a particular herb, which prevents the
+venom taking effect. This, however, is not really the case, the
+mongoose depends upon its own vigilance and great agility for escaping
+from the fangs of even the most active serpent, for if bitten, it would
+die like any other animal.
+
+"I should not like to see men allowing snakes to put their tongues in
+their mouths, even though I knew that the fangs had been taken out,"
+observed Fanny. "But I should like to see the jugglers you were
+speaking of, mamma, who performed such wonderful tricks."
+
+"I was mentioning the Indian gipsies or Nutts, as they are called, who
+travel as those in England used to do, from one end of the country to
+the other, and appear to have no settled home. A party arrived one day
+at our station, and offered to exhibit their tricks, and your papa gave
+them leave to do so.
+
+"There were among them several persons of all ages. First an old man
+took his seat on the ground and began violently beating a drum, shouting
+out that we should soon see what we should see. Meantime a young man
+and a boy had fixed firmly in the ground a bamboo nearly thirty feet
+high, and while thus engaged, another man singing in a monotonous voice,
+was running round and round it. Presently a woman who was standing by,
+leaped on the shoulder of the running man, who did not stop, but
+continued his course as before, rapidly increasing his speed. In
+another minute she had leaped on his head, and there she stood with
+perfect steadiness, while he ran still faster, and the old man beat the
+drum louder and louder, shrieking all the time, even more shrilly than
+before, till the noise became almost deafening.
+
+"While our senses were somewhat bewildered by the sound, the boy ran up
+to the running man with a large earthen pot, which the latter in a
+wonderful way placed on his head; the woman having, I suppose, in the
+meantime put her feet on his shoulders, for before I could follow her
+movements she appeared standing on the top of the pot, the man still
+running round as before.
+
+"The man who had been fixing the pole in the earth, now advanced, and
+taking up a heavy stone ball which it would have required a strong man
+to lift even a few inches from the ground, began playing with it,
+catching it now on one shoulder, now on the other, then in his hands,
+and on his arms and feet. Next he threw up two ivory balls, quickly
+adding others in succession, till there were no less than eight kept in
+motion at the same time, flying up in the air.
+
+"The first party, who had in the meantime been resting, now arranged a
+flat circular brass dish, of considerable size, on which were placed
+four pillars about three inches high. These were connected by four
+sticks, with other sticks above them, and then more pillars, and so on,
+till there were fully thirty pillars one above another, with a brass
+dish on the top of all. We thought it surprising that this structure
+could stand as it did, but greater was our amazement to see it lifted on
+the man's head while he was circling round the post, and still more
+astonished were we, when the woman sprang like lightning up in the air
+and stood on the top of all, as steadily as if she was on the ground,
+while the man continued rapidly circling round.
+
+"After this, one of the men leaped on the shoulders of the other, who
+was standing close to the pole, and then the woman making use of them as
+a ladder, sprang to the very top of the pole, on the point of which she
+lay in a horizontal position, when one of the men who had followed her,
+touching her foot, she began to spin round and round, like the card of a
+pocket compass on its point.
+
+"The men performed a variety of other tricks, but those I have mentioned
+are the most wonderful.
+
+"Here was no room for deception, though many of the tricks performed by
+Indian jugglers are really the result of clever sleight-of-hand."
+
+"I think I would rather see the tricks which the conjuror did when we
+went to the Egyptian Hall last year with granny," said Fanny; "I never
+like to look at people who are doing things by which if they make a
+mistake they may hurt themselves. I should not like to have seen
+Blondin, and the other people we read of in the newspapers, who run
+along tight ropes high up in the air."
+
+"I should think them very foolish for their pains, and wish them a
+better mode of gaining their livelihood," observed Mr Maclean, "and I
+agree with Fanny. A sailor has to climb the rigging of his ship, but
+then he goes in the way of duty, and when people mount in balloons, they
+have generally a scientific object in view, or some reason to offer.
+But in my opinion, the rest of the world should keep their feet on the
+earth as long as they can."
+
+Even Norman, was interested in this conversation, and declared that he
+recollected the performances of the jugglers which his mamma spoke of.
+He then described several scenes which he had witnessed in India, in a
+very clear way.
+
+"You have got a head on your shoulders, young gentleman," observed the
+laird; "I only hope you have got your heart in its right place."
+
+Mrs Leslie sighed, for she was afraid that her little grandson had been
+so long allowed to have his own way, that though his heart might be in
+its right place, as the common expression is, it was sadly choked up
+with the bad seed of weeds, which were already beginning to sprout The
+next day was rainy, and neither Fanny nor Norman could go out. He
+behaved himself tolerably well in the drawing-room, but when they were
+at play together, he ordered her about in his usual dictatorial manner,
+and said several things which greatly tried her temper.
+
+"Although he is so forward in many things, and talks so well, he is but
+a little boy after all," she thought; "it is, however, easy to feel
+amiable and good when I am not opposed, but I ought to try and be so,
+notwithstanding all he says and does."
+
+The following day was bright and fine, and as Sandy could not take them,
+out in the boat, the laird asked Fanny and Norman whether they would
+like to make another excursion with the carriage. "Oh yes! I shall
+like it very much," exclaimed Norman. "Please cut me another long
+stick, for Fanny broke the one you gave me the other day."
+
+Fanny did not say why she broke it, so the laird cut another long thin
+wand, and gave it to Norman.
+
+"Ah, this will make my horse go on at a good quick pace," he observed,
+flourishing it. "I won't ask you to drag me up the hill, because you
+can't," he said to Fanny, "so if you will pull, I'll push behind."
+
+"That is very right of you," observed the laird, as his young friends
+set off on their excursion. "He is a fine little fellow, though too
+much addicted to boasting."
+
+Fanny, with Norman pushing behind, soon dragged the carriage up the
+hill. He then declared that he was tired, and getting in told her to
+move on.
+
+As the ground was tolerably smooth, she was able to do so at a speed
+which satisfied the young gentleman.
+
+"Capital," he cried out, flourishing his stick, "my horse draws fast, go
+on, go on; now see if you can't gallop."
+
+Fanny exerted herself to the utmost, and the air being pure and fresh
+she felt in good spirits.
+
+The ground after some time became rather rougher, but Norman did not
+mind the bumping and thumping of the carriage, though it was much harder
+work for Fanny.
+
+She at last began to go slower.
+
+"Can't you keep it up," he cried out. "If you do not! Remember I have
+got my stick!"
+
+"You must also remember how I treated you the last time," said Fanny,
+"and if you use your stick as you did then, I will leave you in the
+carriage and run away."
+
+"You had better not," said Norman. "You promised to take care of me.
+Mamma will be angry if you leave me on the moor all alone by myself."
+
+"Very well, do not beat me with your stick, and I will drag you on as
+fast as I can," said Fanny.
+
+Norman remembering that Fanny had broken his stick before, thought it
+would be wise not to tempt her to do so again, and therefore, though he
+continued to flourish it, and now and then to touch her frock, he did
+not venture to beat her.
+
+Fanny went on contentedly, sometimes turning round to speak to him and
+sometimes stopping to rest. As the ground looked smoother to the right,
+Fanny turned off from the main track and went towards a clump of trees
+which she saw in the distance, knowing that it would serve as a guide to
+her and believing she could easily find her way back again.
+
+On and on they went--Norman was delighted.
+
+"This is great fun; I wonder where we shall get to at last," he said,
+when Fanny again stopped to rest. "I think it will be soon time,
+however, to go back again," she observed, "for though Mr Maclean told
+us we could come to no harm on the moor, we might lose our way if we
+went very far."
+
+Norman urged her to go on.
+
+"I see a cottage a little way off between the trees, let us go as far as
+that, and then we can turn back," he said.
+
+Fanny wished to please him and though she already felt a little tired,
+she thought there would be no difficulty in reaching the cottage, and
+that she would like to talk to the people who lived in it. At length,
+however, the ground became rougher than ever, and they soon came to a
+shallow burn or stream which made its way from the higher part of the
+moor, and went winding along till it fell into the loch below.
+
+"I am afraid we must turn back now at all events," she said, "I shall
+never be able to drag the carriage over this rough ground and across the
+stream, so we must go back and give up visiting the cottage."
+
+"Oh no, no! go on," cried Norman, "you can easily cross the water, it is
+scarcely above the soles of your shoes and see there are some big stones
+on which you can tread while you drag the carriage along on one side of
+them."
+
+"I think I could do that if you were not in it," said Fanny, "I must not
+let you, however, run the risk of wetting your feet; mamma objects to
+that as she is afraid of your catching cold. If you will cling round my
+neck, I will carry you across in my arms, and then I will go back and
+get the carriage."
+
+"That will do very well," said Norman. "Lift me up! Be quick about it,
+and we shall soon be across."
+
+Fanny dragging the carriage to the edge of the stream took up Norman,
+and though he was a heavy weight for her to carry, still she thought
+that she could take him across in safety. She had to tread very
+carefully and slowly as the stream though shallow was wide and the
+stones uneven.
+
+They had not gone many paces when Norman declared that she did not move
+fast enough.
+
+"If I attempt to move faster I may let you fall," she answered.
+
+"You had better not do that or mamma will be angry with you, and I am
+sure if you chose you could go faster than you are doing. Come, move
+on, move on," cried out the young tyrant, nourishing his stick, and
+ungrateful little boy that he was, he began to beat Fanny with it
+knowing that she dare not let him fall.
+
+"Keep quiet, Norman," she exclaimed, "it is very naughty of you! You
+will make me let you drop, though I should be very sorry to do so."
+
+Norman looked wickedly in her face, and only hit her harder.
+
+As he was flourishing his stick, he knocked off her hat--she caught it,
+however, but in doing so she very nearly let him drop into the water.
+Still, though she begged and begged him to be quiet, he continued
+beating her, till after considerable exertions she reached dry ground in
+safety, and gladly put him down.
+
+"Now, Norman," she exclaimed, "what do you deserve?"
+
+"I do not care what I deserve, but I know that you had better not slap
+my face, for mamma was angry with you when you did so before, and papa
+says he won't allow anybody to beat me but himself, so just go and get
+the carriage as you said you would. You must not leave it there,
+somebody will run away with it, and I shall have to walk all the way
+home."
+
+"Very well, do you stay where you are, and I will go and bring it
+across," said Fanny.
+
+Norman agreed to stop, and Fanny went back carefully making her way over
+the stepping-stones. She found the task of dragging the carriage across
+without stepping into the water much greater than she had expected.
+Norman shouted to her to make haste.
+
+"I am doing my best, and cannot go faster," she answered.
+
+"If you are not quicker I will stay here no longer," answered Norman.
+
+Without stopping to see whether she did move faster, off he ran.
+
+At that moment poor Fanny's foot slipped, and before she could regain
+her balance, down she fell into the stream. In doing so she hurt her
+arm, and wet her clothes almost all over. Norman, instead of coming to
+help her, laughed heartily at her misfortune, and scampered away crying
+out, "It served you light, you should have come faster when I told you."
+
+Poor Fanny felt very much inclined to cry with vexation, but knowing
+that that would do no good, she managed to scramble up again, and as her
+feet were wet, she stepped on through the water, and soon got the
+carriage to the other side of the stream. As Norman did not come back
+to her, she ran after him, dragging it on.
+
+"Norman! Norman!" she cried out, but instead of coming back, he made
+his way towards the cottage.
+
+She had nearly overtaken him just as they had got close to it, when the
+door opened, and an old man appeared, followed by a little fair-haired
+child, much younger than Norman.
+
+"What is the matter?" asked the old man, eyeing the two children whose
+voices he had heard.
+
+"My young brother ran away from me, and I tumbled down and wet my
+frock," answered Fanny.
+
+"Come in, then, and dry yourself," said the old man.
+
+"But I have wet my stockings and shoes," said Fanny, "and they will take
+a long time to dry."
+
+"I shall be happy to have your company, my pretty lassie, as long as you
+like to stay," said the old man. "I ken ye are staying with Glen
+Tulloch and ony of his friends are welcome here."
+
+"We are staying with Mr Maclean," answered Fanny, "and were making an
+excursion over the moor, when we saw your cottage, and thought we should
+like to visit you."
+
+"We call Mr Maclean Glen Tulloch about here, as that's the name of his
+house," answered the old man. "Come in! come in! We will soon get your
+wet shoes and stockings off, though I am afraid you must sit without any
+while they are drying, for Robby there has never had a pair to his feet,
+and my old slippers are too large for you, I have a notion."
+
+Fanny observed that though the old man used a few Scotch expressions, he
+spoke English perfectly. His dress, too, was more like that of a sailor
+than the costume worn by the surrounding peasantry.
+
+Norman, who had also come into the house, stood while they were
+speaking, eyeing the little boy, without saying anything. At last,
+looking up at the old man, he asked, "Is that your son?"
+
+"No, young gentleman, he is my grandson," was the answer, "he is the
+only one alive of all my family, and I am to him as father and mother,
+and nurse and playmate. Am I not, Robby?"
+
+"Yes, grandfather," answered the child, looking up affectionately at the
+old man, "I do not want any one to play with but you."
+
+"Would you not like a ride in our little carriage?" asked Fanny. "As
+soon as my shoes and stockings are dry I shall be happy to draw you."
+
+Robby nodded his head, and came near to Fanny.
+
+"Would you not like to go out and play with the young gentleman?" asked
+the old man.
+
+"I do not want him," said Norman haughtily; "I am not accustomed to play
+with little brats of that sort."
+
+"Oh, Norman, how can you say that?" exclaimed Fanny, very much annoyed.
+
+"Is he your brother, young lady?" asked the old man, looking with a
+pitying eye on Norman, but not at all angry.
+
+"Yes," said Fanny.
+
+"I should not have thought it. There is a wide difference between you,
+I see."
+
+Fanny did not quite understand him.
+
+Norman sat himself down on a stool in the corner of the room, and folded
+his arms in the fashion which he adopted when he wished to be dignified.
+
+"You have come a long way from Glen Tulloch, young lady, and I must see
+you safe back, for your young brother I have a notion is not likely to
+be much help to you," said the old man; "Robby, though he is very small,
+is accustomed to take care of the house, for I often have to leave him
+by himself."
+
+Fanny thanked him, for, recollecting the difficulties she encountered in
+coming, she felt somewhat anxious about the homeward journey, especially
+as Norman had behaved so ill, and very likely would continue in his
+present mood.
+
+Her stockings were soon dry, but her boots took longer, and were
+somewhat stiff when she put them on. They were some which her mamma had
+brought her from Paris, and were not very well suited for walking in the
+Highlands.
+
+"I am afraid I have nothing to offer you to eat suitable to your taste,
+young lady," said the old man, "though you must be hungry after your
+long journey. Robby and I live on `brose' to our breakfast, dinner, and
+supper, but will you just take a cup of milk? it was fresh this morning,
+and you may want it after your walk."
+
+Fanny gladly accepted the old man's offer, and then looked at Norman.
+
+The cup of milk greatly restored her. The old man, without saying a
+word, brought another and offered it to Norman.
+
+The young gentleman took it without scarcely saying thank you. Again,
+the old man cast a look of compassion on him.
+
+"Poor boy," he said quietly, "he kens no better."
+
+Robby bad in the meantime run out, and was admiring the carriage by
+himself, thinking how much he should like to have it to drag about, and
+to bring the meal home in, instead of allowing his grandfather to carry
+it on his back.
+
+Fanny was curious all the time, to learn something more about their
+host. He was evidently different to the other people around, and it
+seemed so strange that he and the little boy should be living together
+in that lone cottage on the wild moor. But she did not like to ask him
+questions, and as he did not offer to say anything more about himself
+than he had done, she restrained her curiosity intending to ask Mr
+Maclean more about him when she got home.
+
+At last her clothes, and boots, and stockings being dry, she told the
+old man that she thought it was time to begin their homeward journey.
+
+"As you wish, young lady," he answered, and accompanied her and Norman
+out of the cottage. They found Robby at the door, looking at the
+carriage.
+
+"Oh, you must get in," said Fanny, "and I will draw you. My brother can
+walk very well some of the way."
+
+"Thank you, young lady," said the old man; "if you will let Robby have a
+ride, I will draw the carriage, and let him come a little way, but he
+must go back, and look after the house, and it would be over far for him
+to return, if he came with us to Glen Tulloch."
+
+Norman looked very angry when Robby got into the carriage, and he
+himself had to walk, but he dared not complain, as there was something
+in the old man's manner which made him stand in awe of him.
+
+After they had gone a short distance, his grandfather told Robby to run
+back, and thanking Fanny, invited Norman to get in. The young gentleman
+did so, but he did not use his stick, as he had done when Fanny was
+dragging him.
+
+They easily crossed the stream, and Fanny was surprised to find how soon
+they reached the top of the hill near Glen Tulloch.
+
+"Now, young lady, you can easily take the carriage home, so I will wish
+you good-bye," said the old man; "I hope you will come soon again--it
+does my heart good to see you." Fanny promised, if she was allowed,
+soon again to pay him a visit, and wishing him good-bye, while he
+strolled back over the moor, she dragged the carriage down the hill.
+She met the laird setting out to look for her and Norman.
+
+"Why, my bonny lassie, the ladies were afraid that you had wandered away
+over the moor and lost yourselves, you have been so long away, and they
+sent me off to try and find you."
+
+Fanny, without blaming Norman, told him of their adventure in the
+stream, and their meeting with the old man and his little grandson in
+the lone hut on the moor.
+
+"Ah, that was old Alec Morrison," observed the laird. "His is a sad
+history, I will tell it you by-and-by, but come along home and satisfy
+the ladies that you are not lost."
+
+"I am very glad you have come back at last, Fanny, we were getting
+anxious about you," said Mrs Vallery. "I must not allow you to make
+excursions with Norman unless you can manage to come back with him in
+good time."
+
+"I will try and manage better another time, mamma," she said, looking up
+after a minute's silence. "I should very much like to pay another visit
+to the old man who was so kind to us, and to take something for his
+little grandson. Poor little fellow, I pity him so much having to live
+out on a wild moor, where there are no other children to play with him.
+His grandfather says he often leaves him alone in the cottage by
+himself."
+
+"I cannot promise positively to let you go," said Mrs Vallery, "but I
+am sure that you will do your best to return in good time. I hope to be
+able to do so, and I should wish you to take something for the poor
+little child you speak of."
+
+"Thank you, mamma," said Fanny, kissing Mrs Vallery affectionately, and
+forgetting all about the way Norman had treated her, she ran off to
+prepare for tea.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER SIX.
+
+LEARNING TO FISH.
+
+The next morning while they were at breakfast, Fanny asked the laird to
+tell her something about Alec Morrison, the old man who had been so kind
+to her and her brother the previous day.
+
+"I can only give you the outline of his history, but perhaps you may get
+him to narrate some of the many adventures he has gone through," he
+answered.
+
+"He was born not far from this, and his mother was a shepherd's only
+daughter. His father who belonged also to this neighbourhood, when
+quite a young man had driven some cattle to a seaport town when he got
+pressed on board a man-of-war, and had sailed away to a foreign station,
+before he could let his friends know what had become of him, or take any
+steps to obtain his liberation. He had promised to marry Jennie Dow,
+whom he truly loved, and had hoped soon to save enough by his industry
+to set up house.
+
+"Years and years passed by during which Jennie, who would not believe
+that he was dead, remained faithful to him. Her father was getting old,
+and her friends advised her to secure a home for herself. She replied
+that it would be time enough to do so when her father was dead, and that
+as long as he lived, she would stay and look after him.
+
+"At length, on the evening of a summer's day, a one-armed man in a
+sailor's dress approached the door. He looked ill and hungry and tired.
+He stopped and asked for a cup of milk and a bit of bannock.
+
+"`I will pay for both, gladly,' he said, `and be thankful besides, for
+without some food I feel scarcely able to get on even to the village
+where, if the friends I once had there are still alive, I am sure to get
+a night's lodging and to learn about others, though may be they have
+forgotten me long ago.'
+
+"`Come in and sit down, old friend,' said the shepherd, and Jennie
+placed a cup of milk and a bannock on the table.
+
+"As she did so she cast an inquiring glance at the face of the stranger.
+
+"`Who are you, friend?' asked Alec Dow. `I am as likely as any one to
+tell you of the people in these parts.'
+
+"`I am sure it must be,' exclaimed Jennie, coming forward and placing
+her hand on the stranger's shoulder. `Don't you know me, Alec
+Morrison?'
+
+"`O Jennie, I thought you must be married long ago!' exclaimed the
+sailor, jumping to his feet, `for I could not think that you would have
+remembered me. And can you care for me now--a battered old hulk as I
+am, with one arm and half-a-dozen bullets through me, besides I don't
+know how many cutlass cuts and wounds from pikes?'
+
+"`I have never ceased to hope that you would return,' was Jennie's
+answer.
+
+"As his daughter was the only being the old shepherd loved, he allowed
+her to marry the wounded sailor, who took up his abode with them, and
+served him faithfully till he died.
+
+"Times went hard with Jennie and her husband, for Morrison's
+constitution was shattered, and he could not work as hard as he wished.
+They had one son, Alec, who grew up a fine manly boy. The sailor was
+fond of spinning yarns, to which his son listened with rapt attention,
+and longed to meet with the same adventures as his father.
+
+"The boy was little more than twelve years old when his sailor father
+died from the wounds he had received fighting his country's battles.
+
+"Though his thoughts often wandered away over the wide ocean which he
+had never yet seen, young Alec dutifully did his best to assist his
+mother, but she did not long survive her husband, and he was left an
+orphan.
+
+"It would have been a hard matter for him living all alone to have made
+a livelihood, so he sold two of his heifers to obtain an outfit, and
+leaving the remainder as well as his cottage in charge of a relative of
+his father's, he started off to the nearest seaport. He had no
+difficulty in finding a ship, for he was as likely a lad as a captain
+could wish to have on board.
+
+"He sailed away to foreign lands, to the East and West Indies,
+Australia, and the wide Pacific, and though he may have visited English
+ports in the meantime, many a long year passed before he again saw the
+home of his youth.
+
+"He at length came back with a young wife, and some money in his pocket.
+He had undoubtedly pictured in his imagination his cottage on the wild
+moor as an earthly paradise, and had described it as such to his wife.
+When she saw it, she expressed a very different opinion, and complained
+of the wretched hovel and savage region to which he had brought her.
+Poor Alec told her with all sincerity that he had believed it to be very
+different to what he owned it really was. He promised to take her back
+to the town where her father lived, although in order to support her he
+must again go to sea. His relation was an honest man and promised to
+take charge of his property as before, for Alec would not sell it, and
+leaving his young wife he once more went to sea.
+
+"On his return from his first voyage, he found that she was dead, and
+had left behind her a daughter. He had still the little damsel to work
+for, and so the brave sailor placed her under charge of her grandmother,
+and again sailed away over the ocean.
+
+"His thoughts often wandered back to his little daughter for whose
+benefit he was enduring hardships and dangers--twice he was wrecked, and
+many years passed by before he again got home, and found his daughter no
+longer a little child but a full-grown woman, and as ready I am afraid
+to spend the old sailor's money as her mother had been. He had not,
+however, much to give her, and so in a short time off to sea he went
+again to get more. Next time he came back feeling that this voyage must
+be the last, for he was getting too old to endure the hardships of a
+life on the ocean, he found his daughter married to a sailor. Her
+husband had soon to go away to sea, and shortly afterwards news came
+that his fine ship had foundered, and all on board had perished. His
+poor young wife was heart-broken at the news, and not many weeks
+afterwards she was taken away, leaving her little boy who was born at
+the time to the charge of her father. Her mother's family were all
+dead, and Alec Morrison found himself alone in the world with his little
+grandson Robby, and possessed of but scanty means of support. He had
+just money enough to bring him to his old home in the Highlands.
+
+"His cousin though a poor man had done his best to keep the cottage in
+repair, and to preserve a few head of cattle which he handed over to
+him.
+
+"The old sailor took up his abode with little Robby in the cottage,
+hoping with the small plot of ground surrounding it and his cattle to
+obtain the means of supporting himself and his grandson. He, often, I
+fear has a difficulty in doing so, but he never complains, and
+recollecting how he lived as a boy, often I believe fancies himself one
+again.
+
+"He employs his spare time in taming birds and making cages for them,
+and in cutting models of vessels and boats, and manufacturing other
+articles; indeed, I believe he is never idle, and seems as contented and
+happy as if he had been prosperous all his life, and never met with a
+misfortune.
+
+"There, I have told you all I know about old Alec and his ancestors and
+descendants--four generations if I reckon rightly. I daresay as I
+before said, if you ask him that he will be happy to narrate some of the
+many adventures he has met with during his voyages. I suspect that he
+often, while enjoying his pipe, tells them to Robby as he sits on his
+knee during the long winter evenings, though the little fellow must be
+puzzled to understand whereabouts they take place, unless he knows more
+about geography than probably is the case."
+
+"Thank you, Mr Maclean," exclaimed Fanny, "I long to see old Alec
+again, after the account you have given us of him; I feel so sorry for
+him that he should have lost his father and mother, his wife and
+daughter, and all the money he has gained with so much toil and
+hardship, and now to be compelled to live alone with a little child to
+look after."
+
+"I am very sure he thinks the little child a great blessing, and would
+much rather have it than be without its companionship," observed Mrs
+Leslie. "From the account you gave of the boy, he is very intelligent
+and obedient."
+
+"Oh yes!" answered Fanny, "he seems to understand what his grandfather
+wishes him to do, and does it immediately. When he was sent back,
+before going he sprang up into the old man's arms, and gave him a kiss,
+and then ran off across the moor singing merrily."
+
+"I thought him a stupid little brat," muttered Norman. "When I ran out
+while you were drying your clothes, Fanny, and told him to draw me about
+in the carriage, he said that he could not till he had asked his
+grandfather's leave, as he had to run after one of the cows which was
+straying further than she ought."
+
+"That, instead of showing that he is stupid, proves that he is sensible
+and obedient, and I wish that another little boy I know of, was equally
+sensible and obedient," observed Mrs Leslie, looking at Norman.
+
+Norman tried to appear unconcerned, but he knew very well that his
+grandmamma alluded to him.
+
+"I will make him do what I want, the next time I go there," said Norman,
+but he took care that Mrs Leslie should not hear him.
+
+The account which Fanny had heard, made her eager to set off that
+morning to visit the old sailor and his grandchild.
+
+"May we have the carriage, Mr Maclean?" she asked. "I should so like
+to take little Robby some toys, or picture-books, or fruit, or something
+that he would like it would make him happy, and, I hope, please the old
+man."
+
+"We shall be very glad to give you some things to take," said Mrs
+Maclean, "and though I do not think we have any toys, we may find some
+picture-books, at all events we can send some fruit and cakes which will
+be welcome."
+
+"Oh, thank you, thank you," exclaimed Fanny, "if we go as soon as we
+have had our reading, we shall be back by luncheon-time, and now I think
+I know the way too well to run the risk of losing it."
+
+"You must take care not to tumble into the water again though," said
+Mrs Vallery.
+
+"I will take care not to do that, mamma; indeed, there is no risk of it,
+as old Alec showed us a safe way across the stream, and I can easily
+carry Norman over, so that there will be no chance either of his
+tumbling in, if he does not kick about while I have him in my arms."
+
+"Will you behave properly, and do as your sister tells you?" asked Mrs
+Vallery, turning to Norman.
+
+"I always behave properly," answered the young gentleman, looking
+indignant at the idea of his ever doing otherwise.
+
+"Norman will be very good I am sure," said Fanny, fearing that any
+difficulty might arise to prevent the intended excursion.
+
+Just as they left the breakfast-room, however, Sandy Fraser came to the
+door.
+
+"It's a fine day for the young folks to take a row on the loch, and so I
+just came up to see if they were willing to go," he said, as he pulled
+off his bonnet and wished the laird and ladies good morning.
+
+"Oh, I shall like that much better than bumping over the moor in the
+little cart," exclaimed Norman. "Fanny, I am going with Sandy Fraser on
+the loch, and you can pay your visit to old Alec and his stupid little
+grandson another day. It will be much better fun to row about on the
+water, and I will take a rod and line, and I am sure I shall catch I
+don't know how many fish in a short time."
+
+These remarks were not heard by the rest of the party.
+
+"Mamma, do let me go with Sandy Fraser," exclaimed Norman, as Mrs
+Vallery appeared from the breakfast-room. "Fanny does not care about
+the trip over the moor I am sure, and we shall both like a row in the
+boat much better."
+
+"In that case, as Sandy has come up for you, I certainly would rather
+you accompanied him," said Mrs Vallery, and going to the door without
+waiting to hear what Fanny had to say on the subject, she told Sandy
+that the children would soon be ready, if Mr Maclean approved of their
+going.
+
+"That's jolly," cried Norman. "Mr Maclean can you lend me one of your
+rods? I want to catch some fish for you."
+
+"You would find it a hard matter even to hold one," answered the laird,
+"but I will get a long thin stick cut, which you will be able to manage
+better than one of my rods. And let me advise you to sit quiet in the
+boat, and do what Sandy tells you, or you will get into mischief. If
+you promise me this you may go."
+
+"Oh yes, I promise to sit quiet," answered Norman, "and you may be sure
+I will not get into mischief."
+
+Fanny though she liked going on the water, would much rather have paid a
+visit to old Alec, but she was always ready to give up her wishes to
+please others, and as Norman seemed so eager to take a row in the boat,
+she agreed to accompany him.
+
+Sandy undertook to dig for some worms for bait, and to cut a rod. When
+he brought it back, Mr Maclean fastened a line with a float and a hook
+to it.
+
+"There, young gentleman, you are fitted out as an angler," he observed,
+as he gave it him. "Would you like a very large basket to bring back
+your fish in, or will a small one do?"
+
+"I think I had better take a large one," answered Norman. "Fanny can
+carry it down to the boat, and Sandy and I will bring it back slung on a
+thick stick when it's full of fish."
+
+The laird laughed heartily. "You must not blame your fishing-rod if you
+are not successful, for you will catch quite as many with it, as you
+would were I to lend you one of mine," he observed. "Now good-bye, and
+remember your promise to behave properly, and Sandy will do his part in
+looking after you."
+
+Fanny came down ready to set off.
+
+While she walked on by the side of the old man, Norman frequently
+started ahead, flourishing his fishing-rod in the way he had seen Mr
+Maclean flourish his, and eager to begin drawing in the fish he expected
+to catch.
+
+They soon reached the boat.
+
+"Now, Miss Fanny, do you sit in the stern, and Master Norman, you keep
+by me in the middle of the boat, and take care that you do not hook your
+sister when you are whisking about your rod. We will gang to the end of
+the loch first, where I promised to take you, and then you can begin to
+fish on the way back."
+
+"But why should I not begin to fish at once?" exclaimed Norman. "That's
+what I want to do, I do not care about the scenery."
+
+"But the young lady maybe does," observed Sandy, "and I wish to do what
+she likes best."
+
+"But I want to fish, I say," exclaimed Norman. "Why cannot I begin
+while the boat is going on? I wish you would put some bait on my hook,
+for I don't like to touch the nasty worms--then you will see how soon I
+shall catch a fish."
+
+Sandy gave a broad grin, as he put on a worm, and then throwing the line
+into the water, let Norman hold his stick, while he again took the oars,
+and rowed slowly along towards the end of the loch.
+
+Fanny sat in the stern of the boat, looking like a bright little fairy--
+admiring the scenery, even more than she did on her first excursion with
+the laird. She wished that Norman could admire it too, but he kept his
+eye on the float, thinking much more of the fish he expected to catch
+than of the mountains and rocks and tree-covered islets.
+
+"I am so very much obliged to you for bringing us," she said to Sandy.
+"This is indeed very beautiful."
+
+"Oh yes, its very braw," answered Sandy,--but she could obtain no
+further expression of admiration from him, for having lived near the
+loch nearly all his life, he saw nothing very remarkable about it.
+
+"I wonder whether there is any other place equal to this in all
+Scotland," exclaimed Fanny, after they had gone a little further, and
+had come in sight of a deep valley opening up on one side, down which a
+sparkling stream rushed impetuously into the loch, while a waterfall
+came leaping down from rock to rock among the trees which clothed the
+valley's side, now appearing, now concealed from sight by the
+overhanging foliage.
+
+"Oh yes!" answered Sandy, "there are mony streams and lochs in the
+He'lands, but ye maun gang far to find one with fish bigger than swim in
+Loch Tulloch."
+
+"But I was speaking of the scenery," said Fanny, "I dinna ken much about
+that," said Sandy, not exactly understanding her.
+
+Still Fanny continued to make her remarks, and to utter exclamations of
+delight, and Sandy was at all events satisfied that she was well
+pleased.
+
+"I wish you would not talk so much, Fanny," cried Norman. "I have been
+fishing away for I don't know how long, and I have not caught anything
+yet, and I am sure it is all your fault. You frighten the fish away."
+
+"Unless the fish come to the top of the water, they are not likely to
+bite at your hook," she replied, "for I have seen it floating there,
+ever since Sandy began to row."
+
+"Can't you stop rowing then, and let me catch some fish," exclaimed
+Norman, turning round with an aggrieved look to the old man. "It
+matters much more that I should catch fish, than that we should get to
+the end of the loch just to please Fanny."
+
+"I have no objection to stop rowing if you wish it, young gentleman,"
+said Sandy, "though I would rather hear you say that you wanted to
+please your sister more than yourself."
+
+Norman did not heed the rebuke, but seeing his hook sink down fully
+believed that he was going to catch a fish. He waited and waited with
+unusual patience for him, but still his float rested without moving on
+the calm waters.
+
+"There are no fish here, young gentleman, that have a fancy for your
+hook. We will go on to the end of the loch as I promised your sister,
+and try what we can do when we come back. Just sit down and let your
+line hang out if you like. There will be no harm in doing that, though
+the fish may not be the worse for it."
+
+As Sandy began to move his oars, Norman was obliged to do as he was
+told. He looked very sulky and angry however, and would not even answer
+Fanny when she spoke to him.
+
+At last they reached the end of the loch. Here the mountain appeared to
+be cloven in two--a narrow channel running at the bottom of the gorge
+and uniting Loch Tulloch to another larger loch beyond. Fanny was
+delighted, especially when Sandy poling the boat along proceeded onwards
+till the loch and bright sunshine being left behind, they found
+themselves in the gloom of the narrow gorge with lofty cliffs arching
+overhead, so that when they looked up, all they could see was a narrow
+strip of blue sky above them.
+
+"We cannot go further," said Sandy, "for some big rocks stop the
+passage, or I would take you a row through a larger loch than our ain.
+If you stand up you can just see its blue waters shining brightly at the
+head of the gorge."
+
+"I want to go back and begin fishing," cried Norman, in an angry tone,
+"we are wasting our time here."
+
+"Yours is very valuable time, young gentleman, I doubt not," remarked
+Sandy, standing up in the bow of the boat, which having turned round, he
+began to pole out by the way they had entered.
+
+They were soon again in the loch, which looked brighter and more
+beautiful than ever after the gloom of the gorge.
+
+They had not gone far when Norman again insisted on stopping.
+
+"You promised that you would let me fish on our way back, and I am sure
+there must be numbers about here," he said, throwing in his line.
+
+"I should not wonder that there was no worm on your hook," observed
+Sandy, after they had waited some time. "I thought so," he continued,
+when Norman pulled up his line; "you canna expect ony fish to bite at a
+bare hook."
+
+"But put on another worm," said Norman, who again tried for some time
+with equal want of success.
+
+He was beginning to lose patience.
+
+"Try deeper, young gentleman, fish swim further down than you think
+for," observed Sandy.
+
+Norman did not know what he meant, and so Sandy slipped the float
+considerably higher up the line. Still no fish were to be tempted by
+his worm.
+
+"I wish you would make them bite," Norman exclaimed petulantly. "I
+shall never catch anything with this stupid stick and string; Mr
+Maclean ought to have lent me one of his own rods, and then I should
+have caught some fish for him."
+
+Sandy who would never allow anything to be said against the laird in his
+presence, felt very angry with Norman at this remark.
+
+"You are very ungrateful, young gentleman, to say that," he remarked.
+"I have let you fish long enough already, though if you were to try till
+nightfall, you would go back with your basket empty, so just draw in
+your line and pit quiet, it's time to be making our way back."
+
+Norman looked somewhat surprised at this address.
+
+"It's all the fault of the stupid stick," he exclaimed, and standing up
+he threw it away from him into the loch, and began dancing about to give
+vent to his anger and disappointment.
+
+The old man rowed on, taking no notice of his foolish conduct. Fanny,
+however, felt very much ashamed of him, and begged him to be quiet, but
+he only jumped about the more, declaring that he would complain to his
+mamma of the way Sandy had treated him.
+
+After he had thus given vent to his feelings for some time, and had
+become more quiet, Sandy, who was really good-natured, and was sorry for
+his disappointment, promised that if he would be a good boy, he would
+take him out in the evening when the fish were more ready to bite, and
+show him how he himself caught them. This pacified him, and he sat
+quiet for some time. Still, as he thought how foolish he would look
+going back with his big basket and no fish in it, he began again to grow
+angry.
+
+"It's all Fanny's fault," he said to himself, "if she had not wanted to
+row about the lake, I should have had time to catch some fish."
+
+Not knowing what was passing in his mind, Fanny, whose eyes fell on the
+basket, laughingly said to Norman.
+
+"Shall I carry it home again, or will you and Sandy carry it between you
+on a stick, as you proposed?"
+
+"Why do you say that?" exclaimed Norman, jumping up, "you are sneering
+at me; you will go and tell them I daresay that I threw my rod into the
+water."
+
+"Indeed, I will not," said Fanny, "I do not wish that any one should
+laugh at you."
+
+"You are always laughing at me yourself," he answered, growing more
+angry. "But I will keep you in order, you are but a girl, and girls
+should always obey their brothers, that's what I think."
+
+"You are but a little boy, though you think yourself a big one," said
+Fanny, somewhat nettled at the way he spoke. "I wish to be kind to you,
+but I will not obey you, especially when you are angry, as you appear to
+be now, without any cause that I can see."
+
+Fanny was not aware how very angry Norman was.
+
+Suddenly darting at her, he seized her hat and tore it off her head.
+
+"Take care, young gentleman, what you are about," cried Sandy, putting
+in his oars and about to take hold of Norman, who with Fanny's hat in
+his hand, had jumped up on the seat.
+
+"Your hat shall go after my fishing-rod," he cried out, and was about to
+throw it as far from him as he could into the water, when, in making the
+attempt, he lost his balance and overboard he fell.
+
+For a moment the water which got into his mouth as he struggled and
+splashed about, prevented him from uttering any sound. When he came to
+the surface he quickly found his voice.
+
+"Help! help! I am drowning!" he shrieked out. "I am drowning! I am
+drowning! Oh save me, save me!"
+
+Sandy quickly leaning over the side of the boat caught hold of him, and
+dragged him in, though he continued to shriek lustily, and struggle as
+if he was still in the water.
+
+Poor Fanny gave a cry of alarm.
+
+"He is all safe, young lady, and the cold bath will cool his anger, and
+won't do him any harm," observed Sandy. "But we will just pull off his
+wet clothes, and I will wrap him in my jacket."
+
+Norman who soon regained his senses, and became quieter when he found
+himself safe in the boat again objected to this, but Sandy insisted on
+doing what he proposed, and in spite of his struggles, took off his wet
+things, and made him put on his jacket, which he fastened round his
+waist with a handkerchief.
+
+Fanny who had recovered from her flight, could scarcely help laughing at
+the funny figure he presented, dressed in the coat with the sleeves
+turned half way back, so that he might have his hands free.
+
+"You will keep quiet now, young gentleman, I hope, or you will be
+tumbling overboard again," said Sandy. "I don't know what the laird
+will say to you, when he hears how it happened."
+
+Norman looked foolish, and made no reply.
+
+Sandy had in the meantime picked up Fanny's hat, and he now spread
+Norman's clothes out on the seats that they might dry in the sun.
+Having done this, he pulled away as fast as he could towards the
+landing-place near the house.
+
+As Norman's clothes were not nearly dry by the time they reached the
+shore, he packed them away in the basket, which was thus made useful,
+though in a different way to what Norman expected. Having secured the
+boat, and helped Fanny out, Sandy took Norman up in his arms and marched
+away with him to the house.
+
+The laird saw them coming, and of course inquired what had happened.
+
+Fanny would as usual, have tried to save her brother from being blamed,
+but Sandy told the whole story.
+
+"You brought it upon yourself, by disobeying orders, Norman," observed
+Mr Maclean. "I will go in and tell your mamma and Mrs Leslie what has
+occurred, that they may not be alarmed, and the best thing you can do is
+to go to bed, and to stay there till your clothes are dried. You must
+not expect to go out in the boat again, as I see you cannot be trusted."
+
+"It was all Fanny's fault, she had no business to make me angry,"
+answered Norman; "it is very hard that I should be punished because of
+her."
+
+The laird made no answer, but telling a maid-servant who appeared at the
+moment to carry Master Vallery upstairs and put him to bed, he entered
+the drawing-room where the ladies were sitting.
+
+The laird took care not to alarm them when he described what had
+happened.
+
+"Sandy did not tell you that I laughed at Norman, and that made him
+angry," said Fanny.
+
+"He had no business to be angry, young lady," observed the laird. "Let
+me advise you, my dear Mrs Vallery, to allow him to remain in bed till
+he becomes more amiable. His tumble into the water may perhaps be an
+advantage to him, and teach him the consequences of giving way to his
+anger."
+
+Mrs Vallery, however, though assured that no real harm had happened to
+her boy, could not refrain from running upstairs to see him.
+
+Norman did not appear at all sensible that he had brought the accident
+upon himself, and declared that it was all Fanny's fault, and that he
+would not stop in bed.
+
+Mrs Vallery at last yielded to his entreaties to be allowed to get up,
+and obtaining some fresh clothes, led him down to dinner, after he had
+promised that he would tell Mr Maclean he was sorry for having
+disobeyed his orders. Norman did so, though not with a very good grace,
+and he could not help feeling for the rest of the day that he was out of
+favour with the laird.
+
+Mrs Leslie did not allude to the subject, for she hoped that his mamma
+had said all that was necessary, and Norman congratulated himself that
+he had got off more cheaply altogether than he had expected.
+
+Poor Fanny was the chief sufferer, for she longed to say how delighted
+she was with the scenery, and yet she did not like, on account of her
+brother, to mention the subject. Norman, however, tried to look as
+unconcerned as possible, as if he had done nothing to be ashamed of.
+
+Fanny, who wished very much to carry the presents to little Robby, and
+to see the old sailor again, begged the next morning that she might take
+Norman, as had been before arranged, with the little carriage.
+
+"But I do not know if we can trust Norman," observed the laird; "he may
+be scampering off by himself across the moor, and give you a great deal
+of trouble to catch him."
+
+"Oh! but I am sure Norman will behave well to-day," pleaded Fanny.
+"Won't you, Norman? You will promise Mr Maclean that you will do as he
+tells you."
+
+"Of course I will," answered Norman. "Because I happen to do one day
+what you don't like, you fancy that I must always do what you think
+wrong."
+
+"If you promise me that you will obey your sister, you shall have the
+carriage, as I hope that I may trust to your word."
+
+Norman promised that he would do whatever Fanny told him.
+
+"Will you cut me a whip, Mr Maclean?" he added, "I cannot drive a
+carriage without one."
+
+"Pray let it be short then, the horse is not very far off, and a large
+one may tickle its shoulders and ears more than it likes," said Fanny,
+looking archly at Norman, showing that though she had forgiven him, she
+had not forgotten the way he had treated her on their former excursion.
+
+The laird cut a short thin wand which could not do much harm in the
+hands of Norman, and kindly saw them off as before on the road.
+
+The day was fine and bright, and the pure Highland air raised Fanny's
+spirits. She drew on the little carriage at a quick rate, singing
+merrily as she went. Norman felt unusually happy, he flourished his
+stick without attempting to beat Fanny, and shouted at the top of his
+voice. When the ground was rough, and the carriage bumped about, he
+held on to the sides with both his hands, but even that he thought very
+good fun. Quite regardless, however, of the exertion Fanny had to make
+on his account, he told her to go faster and faster.
+
+"I like the bumping and tumbling. It puts me in mind of being at sea,--
+go on, go on," he shouted.
+
+Fanny proceeded for some distance, and at last felt so tired, that she
+was obliged to stop.
+
+"I must rest for a few minutes, Norman," she said, "for really it is
+very hard work going over this rough ground."
+
+"Oh, nonsense! you are lazy, you see how I like it, and so you ought to
+keep going on, I cannot give you many minutes to rest," he replied.
+
+"That's a good joke," said Fanny, "if you will drag the carriage and let
+me get into it, you will soon find that it is not so easy as you suppose
+to drag it over this ground."
+
+"You are heavier than I am, so that would not be fair, and besides, you
+promised to draw me, and you say you always do what you promise."
+
+"That is true," said Fanny; "I am much heavier than you are, and I have
+really no wish that you should draw me, but pray have patience, and I
+will go on again."
+
+Norman got out of the carriage and ran about, he might just as well have
+gone on in front, and saved Fanny the trouble of dragging him so far;
+that, he did not think of.
+
+At last Fanny proposed that he should get in again, and on they went.
+The ground was, however, still rougher than what they had passed over.
+Norman cried out to Fanny, who was going somewhat slower than at first,
+to move faster.
+
+"I cannot, Norman; indeed I cannot," she answered.
+
+"I shall run the risk of tumbling down, if I do."
+
+"Then I'll make you," he shouted out.
+
+As he could not reach her with his stick from where he sat, he jumped up
+to lean forward that he might do so. Just then the carriage gave a
+violent bump, and out he tumbled, falling on some hard stones. He
+shrieked out, fancying himself dreadfully hurt, and very angry at what
+had happened to him.
+
+"You did it on purpose, I know you did," he exclaimed, as Fanny came to
+pick him up.
+
+Fanny was a little alarmed at first, but she soon found that a slight
+bruise or two was all the harm he had received, so, after stopping a
+short time till he had ceased crying and complaining, she put him into
+the carriage again, and went on more carefully than before. Norman did
+not again insist on her moving faster, as he was occupied in feeling his
+elbows and shoulders and wondering whether he was much bruised.
+
+Soon after crossing the stream, they came in sight of Alec Morrison's
+cottage. The ground was smooth near it, so Fanny was able to go on
+pretty fast, and Norman got into better humour, and shouted and sang as
+at first.
+
+As they approached the cottage they saw Robby, who had heard their
+voices coming out to meet them. Poor little fellow, as he did not
+expect visitors, and the weather was hot, he had very few clothes on,
+but he did not think about that.
+
+Fanny, stopping, made Norman get out of the carriage that she might take
+out the things which were placed under the seat.
+
+"Here, Robby," she said, as the little boy came up, "we have brought you
+some nice fruit, and some cakes, and some picture-books, which Mrs
+Maclean gave us for you."
+
+"Thank you, young lady, thank you," exclaimed Robby, receiving them with
+delight, as Fanny took them out of the carriage, while Norman stood by,
+feeling somewhat jealous that the little beggar boy, as he chose to
+think Robby, should have so many things given him.
+
+"Is your grandfather at home?" asked Fanny. "I have been longing to
+come and see him, and to thank him for helping us on our way back the
+other day."
+
+"No; I am keeping house alone, but grandfather will soon be back, so
+don't go away, please, till he comes," answered Robby, who was holding
+the things which Fanny had given him in his arms. "Won't you come in,
+young lady, and rest?"
+
+"No, thank you, I would rather stay outside in the shade till your
+grandfather comes back," said Fanny, as she did not like to go into the
+old man's cottage without an invitation from him. "Do you, Robby, go in
+with the things, and put them away," she added, for she rather
+mistrusted Norman, who continued eyeing the little boy with no very kind
+looks.
+
+Robby ran in with his treasures.
+
+"Stupid little brat," observed Norman, "I wonder Mrs Maclean sent him
+all those things, I should have thought a piece of bread and cheese was
+quite enough for him."
+
+"When we make presents we should try and give nice things, such as
+people who receive them will like," said Fanny. "Old Alec could give
+his grandson bread and cheese, but he probably would be unable to obtain
+the sort of things we have brought. I wish when I make a present to
+give something that I myself like."
+
+"I do not understand anything about that," answered Norman, turning
+away, and flourishing his stick as he walked up and down.
+
+Old Alec soon appeared, with a basket containing food for himself and
+Robby, which he had gone to the village to purchase.
+
+"It does my heart good to see you and your brother," he exclaimed, as he
+came up.
+
+"Grandfather!" cried Robby, "they have brought me all sorts of nice
+things--look here, look here!" and Robby led the old man into the
+cottage that he might exhibit the gifts he had received. "They would
+not come in themselves, but said they would wait till you returned. I
+think the young gentleman would like some of the fruit, for he looked at
+it when his sister gave it to me. Can I run out and offer it to him?
+Perhaps, though, he will be offended, for he looks very proud."
+
+"Yes, Robby, go and give the young gentleman some fruit," said old Alec,
+who was at the time turning his eyes towards several cages which hung
+against the wall, with birds in most of them.
+
+He first looked at one, and then at another and another. At last he
+selected one neater and prettier than the rest, containing a linnet.
+
+"This will be the thing for the little damsel," he observed. "If it was
+made of gold it would not be too good for her."
+
+Fanny and Norman had still remained outside seated on a bench in the
+shade. They did not observe Robby, who came back with some of the
+fruit, intending to bring it to them, but feeling somewhat shy of
+presenting it, he placed it in the carriage, where he thought they would
+soon see it.
+
+The old man, going to a window which overlooked the spot where they were
+seated, called to Fanny.
+
+"Here, my dear young lady; an old man such as I am has but few things
+which you would care for, but I shall be greatly pleased if you will
+accept this little bird and its cage. Hang it up in your room where it
+can enjoy sunlight and air, and if you feed it and give it water
+regularly, it will sing sweetly to you in the morning and at all times
+of the day."
+
+"Oh, thank you! thank you! what a dear, sweet, little bird! There is
+nothing I shall like to have so much, and I hope mamma and granny will
+allow me to receive it."
+
+Fanny was so delighted with the gift, that she felt she could not find
+words enough to thank old Alec for it.
+
+"The gift is a very poor one, but I shall be just as much pleased as you
+are, if you will receive it," answered the old man, as he put the cage
+into Fanny's hands.
+
+The bird did not seem at all startled or afraid of her, but hopped about
+from perch to perch, and uttered a few gentle notes, as if it was much
+pleased at having her for its future mistress.
+
+"But I have kept you waiting a long time outside," said the old man.
+"You must come in for a few minutes to rest, before you begin your
+journey home; and I have got some sweet milk and a fresh bannock--a
+better one than I had to offer you the other day. You will go back all
+the merrier for a little food."
+
+Fanny thought it would please the old man to accept his invitation, and
+perhaps too, she might be able to get him to tell her and Norman some of
+the adventures which the laird said he had gone through, so calling to
+Norman, and holding the cage in her hands, she went into the house.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER SEVEN.
+
+THE SAILOR'S STORY.
+
+Norman having done nothing to tire himself, thought he should like best
+to play outside the cottage instead of going in to rest. He followed
+his sister, therefore, in a discontented mood.
+
+Old Alec begged Fanny to sit down in his arm-chair near the table, on
+which he placed the bird-cage, so that she could see it, and watch its
+little occupant hopping about, while it now and then uttered its sweet
+song. He offered a stool to Norman, who sat down with his hat on
+looking very grumpy and somewhat angry. Old Alec, however, did not
+appear to remark this, but busied himself in pouring out some cups of
+milk, which he brought to Fanny and him, and then offered them the
+bannock of which he had spoken.
+
+"You see that Robby and I are not all alone," he observed, as he pointed
+round the room to the birdcages. "I like to listen to their talk more
+than I do to what many of my fellow-creatures say. It always seems to
+me that birds are praising God, when I hear them singing, and that is
+more than many people do, when they talk. But perhaps, young lady, you
+think it is cruel in me to keep them shut up, when they might be flying
+about in freedom amid the woods and over the moors; I think I should be
+cruel, if I took them after they had been accustomed to a free life, but
+every one of those birds has been brought up from a fledgling. I have
+never taken more than one or two from the same nest, and in truth have
+saved the lives of most of them which would otherwise have been killed
+by careless boys or cats or dogs, or shot by the farmers who think they
+rob them of their grain. Here they have air and sunlight and food and
+the company of their kind, and are safe from danger, and if I part with
+them, I know that they go into kind hands. But I must show you my
+oldest friend; I keep him in another room, as he is apt to talk too
+much, and my little songsters there don't understand him. I got him
+from foreign lands years ago, and he and I have never parted company."
+
+"Oh, I should so like to see the bird," said Fanny. "Can we come and
+look at him?"
+
+"I will bring him in here, young lady," answered old Alec, opening a
+door which led to an inner room.
+
+He quickly returned with a bird on his wrist, and Fanny thought she had
+never seen one of more beautiful colours. Most of its plumage was of
+the richest scarlet, while the top of its head was of a deep purple. On
+its breast was a broad yellow collar; the wings were green, changing to
+violet towards the edges, and while the feathers on its thighs were of a
+lovely azure, those of the tail were scarlet, banded with black and
+tipped with yellow. Its beak which by its shape showed that the bird
+was a species of parrot, was of a deep rich yellow.
+
+"I got this from the coast of New Guinea," said old Alec. "It is a very
+hot country, and I always keep my pet as warm as I can, for fear of its
+catching cold. I call it `Lory with the purple cap.' Speak to the
+lady," said old Alec, stroking the head of the beautiful bird which
+walked up and down his arm for a minute, and then stopping and looking
+at Fanny, greatly to her delight said very clearly, "Good morning,
+pretty one."
+
+The bird repeated the sentence two or three times, and then mounting to
+the top of its master's head cried out "Pipe all hands, hoist away boys,
+belay there!" Then as if satisfied with its nautical performance,
+descended to old Alec's hand, and sang two or three tunes very
+distinctly.
+
+"Lory can say a great deal more than you have heard, but he is not
+always in the humour to talk, though he is an obedient bird, and
+generally does what I tell him. Ah, Miss Fanny, I am very fond of my
+Lory, he is as good as he is beautiful, yet in the land from which he
+comes, there are birds still more beautiful than he is, with long tails
+which glitter in the sun like jewels, and crests on their heads which I
+doubt if the crown of our queen can beat, and when their wings are
+spread out and they are flying through the air or dancing on the tips of
+the trees, they look as if they could scarcely belong to this earth.
+They are called Birds of Paradise. To my mind the name is a very proper
+one, though strange to say the people who live in the country where they
+are found, are as perfect savages as any in the world--black-skinned
+fellows with the hair of their heads frizzled out, and scarcely a rag of
+clothing on. I had once the misfortune to be wrecked on their shore,
+and it's a wonder to me that I got away with my life, for they generally
+kill all strangers who fall into their hands; yet savage as most of them
+are, they are not all alike.
+
+"The ship I was on board, was sailing along the coast of New Guinea,
+when she was caught in one of the hurricanes which sometimes blow in
+those seas. Away she flew before the fierce winds, the waves hissing
+and leaping up on either side of her, and threatening to break on board
+and send her to the bottom. The captain did his best, and so did every
+man belonging to her, but after we had shortened sail, and sent down our
+loftier spars and secured the remaining ones, there was nothing more we
+could do. All we could hope for was that the hurricane would abate
+before we neared the shore.
+
+"That night was indeed a terrible one, few of us ever expected to live
+through it.
+
+"When daylight broke the shore was seen not a league off, with lofty
+mountains rising in the distance. Still the hurricane continued, the
+ship drove on, and no break could be discovered in the long line of wild
+surf which burst on the shore. As there were many coral reefs running
+along the whole coast, we expected every moment that the ship would
+strike, and we knew that the fierce waves which would dash against her
+would soon knock her to pieces.
+
+"A boat could scarcely live in such a sea, still less get through the
+foaming surf. Most of the men however, had put on their best clothes
+and filled their pockets with whatever they most valued, hoping somehow
+or other to get safe to land. I thought to myself, it matters little
+what I have on, and I would not weight my pockets with what would send
+me to the bottom, so I continued in my trousers and shirt and jacket,
+intending to throw off the last should I have to swim for my life.
+
+"The awful moment we were expecting came, and the ship with a tremendous
+crash, was sent right against a reef of coral rocks, which in an instant
+forced their way through her planking, and let the water rush in like a
+mill-stream. At the same moment down came all the three masts, while
+the sea swept over her, carrying away several of our poor fellows. We
+could do nothing to help them, for we could not help ourselves. Most of
+our boats were crushed by the falling masts. The captain ordered the
+only uninjured one to be lowered, I with a few others did our best to
+obey him, though there seemed no chance that a boat could live a minute
+in such a sea--it was, however, better to trust to her than stay on
+board the ship, against which the waves were dashing so furiously, that
+we expected her every moment to go to pieces, when we should all be cast
+into the foaming waters, with the pieces of wreck dashing around us, and
+coming down upon our heads.
+
+"Another man and I were ordered into the boat to unhook the falls, as
+the tackle is called by which the boat is lowered. Just as we had got
+into her a tremendous sea came roaring up, and striking the ship, broke
+over her and the boat, and very nearly washed us out. A loud noise was
+heard of the crashing and rending of the timbers and planks, above which
+rose the cry of our shipmates. Three or four leaped into the boat after
+us, and we got her clear of the ship, which seemed suddenly to melt
+away. We had got our oars out, and now pulled away for our lives--how
+the boat escaped, and how she kept afloat in that tremendous sea seemed
+a wonder then as it does now. We had four oars, and the first mate, who
+was saved, took the helm. To return to the wreck to try and save any of
+our drowning shipmates was impossible, and it seemed equally impossible
+that we should reach the shore through the boiling surf we saw before
+us. Closer and closer we were borne to it--when just as we had given up
+all hope of saving our lives, the mate declared that he had discovered
+an opening through which we might pass. He steered towards it, the surf
+rose like a wall on either side, but there was a narrow passage where
+the water was smoother. We pulled with all our might, and in a few
+minutes found ourselves in the mouth of a river. After rowing a short
+distance, we were in perfectly smooth water. The river which widened
+out greatly was bordered on either side by curious-looking trees, which
+seemed to have branches growing downwards as well as upwards, with the
+stem between them. These are what are called Mangrove trees.
+
+"On we rowed, but could find no place where we could land. At last we
+came to the mouth of a smaller river which ran into the larger one.
+After going some way, we saw an open space on the shore covered with
+what looked in the distance like a number of bee-hives standing on posts
+several feet above the ground. On getting nearer, we discovered that
+they were houses, and that a number of ugly black-looking fellows were
+moving about among them. As they saw us they gathered on the bank,
+flourishing their bows and spears, showing, as we feared, that they
+would very likely kill us if they got us into their power. Some of our
+people proposed pulling back, but where were we to go to? We were faint
+from hunger and thirst, we had not seen a spot where we could land to
+obtain food, and we had the raging sea barring the mouth of the river.
+We were caught in a trap, we had no arms to defend ourselves with, and
+our only chance, therefore, was to make friends with the savages.
+
+"`Come lads,' said the mate, `we will try what we can do--they may not
+be as bad as they look.'
+
+"He stood up in the boat, and spread out his hands wide to show that we
+had no arms, then he stretched out one hand as if to shake those of the
+black people, then he took off his hat, and waved it and bowed to them,
+indeed he did everything he could think of, to show them that we wanted
+to be friendly.
+
+"While he was doing this, I and another man, feeling our tongues parched
+with thirst, could not help leaning over the side of the boat to take up
+some water in our hands, for even though we supposed that it was salt,
+it would at all events moisten our lips. It was less salt than we
+expected, and soon all of us, as well as the mate, was lapping away at
+the water, while, to cool our heads, we threw some of it over them.
+What was our surprise, while we were so employed, to see the natives
+stoop down and sprinkle their own heads with water, in the same fashion.
+Having done this, they placed their bows and spears on the ground, and
+beckoned us by signs which we could not mistake to approach.
+
+"`We must chance it, lads,' said the mate, `it is better to be killed
+outright by the blacks, than die by inches from hunger and thirst. I am
+ready to step on shore first, and you may shove off, and wait till you
+see what becomes of me.'
+
+"`I will go with you, sir,' I exclaimed, `and share whatever fate
+befalls you.'
+
+"All, on this, agreed to do the same.
+
+"Giving way again, we were soon close up to where the savages stood. We
+all jumped out except one man, who remained to take care of the boat,
+and stepped boldly in among the blacks, putting out our hands to show
+that we wished to be friends. They seemed to understand what we meant,
+and several of their chief men shook our hands in return; when we made
+signs that we were hungry and thirsty, four or five of them ran off, and
+quickly returned with some water in calabashes, and some baskets with
+cooked meat and yams. The people seemed to live in plenty, for we saw a
+number of funny little pigs running about, and two or three girls
+carrying them in their arms and talking to them, and caressing them,
+just as an English girl does her doll. We were too hungry, however,
+just then to think of that, or anything else, and sitting down on the
+grass, fell to on the provisions the blacks had brought us. The food
+soon restored our spirits, and we began to hope that things would not be
+as bad as we expected. Still, we could not help thinking of our poor
+shipmates who had remained on the wreck, and whom we felt sure must all
+have been drowned. The people too, seemed not so ill-looking, and much
+more good-natured, than we had at first thought.
+
+"Their hair was frizzled out, and they had earrings and necklaces, but
+very little clothing, except a petticoat of long grass or leaves round
+the waist. They were not black either, but rather a dark chocolate
+colour, with broad long noses, with the tips hooking down almost over
+the upper lip.
+
+"Their houses are curious. First they were built on posts, on the top
+of which the flooring was placed. On each post below the flooring was a
+large flat disc, this was to prevent the snakes and rats from getting
+into the houses. Above the flooring, after the poles had risen some
+distance, they were bent over and covered thickly with grass or cocoanut
+leaves. Some were small, and others as much as twenty feet long and
+twelve feet wide. They had no doors, but were entered by a trap through
+the flooring.
+
+"As there are numerous snakes in the country, the steps or ladder by
+which the trap is reached does not go up to it, but only rises from the
+ground for a sufficient height to enable a person to lift himself in by
+his elbows. The upper part of this curious ladder consists merely of a
+polo resting on two forked sticks, and a plank with one end leaning on
+it and the other on the ground. When a person wants to get into his
+house he runs up the plank, and is then high enough to reach the
+entrance of the trap.
+
+"I told you how we happened to throw water on our heads, and then saw
+the natives doing the same. This we afterwards found was the very sign
+they use to show that they wish to be on good terms; and so it happened,
+that without knowing it we did the right thing, and at once gained their
+friendship.
+
+"They treated us very kindly, and though they had no notion of working
+for us, they showed us how to build a house for ourselves after their
+fashion.
+
+"We hauled up our boat and thatched her over, to keep her from the sun,
+for we, of course, hoped to escape in her when we had collected enough
+provisions for a voyage. The natives, however, had no intention of
+letting us go, for they believed that we benefited them by living among
+them. Though they did not treat us as slaves, they made us, as I have
+said, work for our livelihood. It was not hard work, but the sun was
+very hot, and we, all of us, often felt ill, and unable to do anything,
+but lie down in the shade in our houses.
+
+"First one of my companions died, and then another, and another, till
+the mate and I alone remained. We buried the poor fellows, and felt
+very sad when we put the last into the ground. We could not help
+thinking that one of us would go next, but which it would be, we could
+not tell. I daresay the mate looked at my sallow face and thought I
+should die first, and as I looked at his, I fancied he had not many
+weeks to live.
+
+"We had got ground under cultivation, and as we had now only two to eat
+its produce, and the natives had given us some pigs, we had plenty of
+provisions. If we had had salt, we should have killed some of our pigs
+and salted them down, but though we were near salt water, there were no
+rocks, or any flat place where we could manufacture salt.
+
+"Day after day we talked about getting away, and indeed, it was the only
+subject we could talk of. We had no sail in the boat, so the first
+thing we had to do was to make one. The natives, like most of the
+people in those parts, manufactured fine mats; these would answer for
+what we wanted, but the difficulty was to get them. We could now make
+ourselves understood, so under the pretence that we wanted them for
+bedding, we obtained several in exchange for most of our pigs, and yams,
+and other produce of our garden.
+
+"We tried drying some of the pigs' flesh in the sun, but that did not
+answer, we next tried smoking it, but it was very dry, and tasted
+strongly of the smoke; still, we hoped that it would last us till we
+could get to one of the Dutch settlements. The mate warned me that even
+should we get away, we should have many dangers to encounter, from
+tempests, and from pirates, which cruise with large fleets in those
+seas, and from having no chart or compass, with which to find our way.
+
+"As we had much idle time, I amused myself by collecting birds, of which
+there are a great number in the country; birds of paradise, and parrots
+of many colours, and among them a big black parrot, a magnificent
+fellow, and others, even more beautiful than my pet, Lory, which I got
+at that time. Our house was like an aviary, and the mate, though he did
+not know how to tame them himself, liked to see me do so.
+
+"At last we found our friends were setting out to make war on another
+tribe. They wanted us to go with them, but we told them we were too ill
+to march, and so we were, and I do not think we could have walked
+half-a-mile.
+
+"They were all very busy in preparing their bows and arrows and spears
+and clubs, and allowed us to do as we liked. We took the opportunity of
+examining our boat, and patching her up. As we knew she would leak, we
+brought water from the river and dashed it over her as often as we
+could, and then we smoothed the way down the bank, so that we might
+launch her, for though when all the crew were alive we had strength to
+haul her up, we should never otherwise by ourselves have got her into
+the water. We also killed another pig, and smoked the flesh, and
+collected a quantity of yams and other roots and fruits in our house.
+
+"Our friends at last set out to fight their enemies, leaving only very
+old men and some of the women and children behind.
+
+"We had sewn our mats together to form a sail, and the mate cut a long
+spar for a mast.
+
+"The night was fine, and we hoped that we should get out of the river
+without danger from the breakers. We waited till everybody in the
+village was asleep, and then stole down to the boat, carrying our sail
+and spar and provisions. We had to make several trips, but at last we
+had collected everything, and as silently as we could we got the boat
+into the water. The last time I brought down my Lory and three other
+birds. I was afraid, however, that they would scream out, but still I
+could not bring myself to leave them all behind.
+
+"We shoved off, and managed to drop slowly down the stream without
+making any noise. As soon as we got out of hearing of the village we
+began to row faster, though we had but little strength to use our oars.
+Our great wish was to be out of the river, and at a distance from the
+shore before daylight, lest any of the natives in their canoes might
+fall in with us. We rowed as hard as we could, till our oars were
+nearly dropping from our hands. After a long pull we got near the mouth
+of the river--the land breeze was blowing out of it. We hoisted our mat
+sail, and now glided on more rapidly than before. I do not think we
+could have rowed another ten minutes. The surf was breaking on the
+shore, but we passed safely through the passage.
+
+"How thankful we felt when we found ourselves at last in the open sea.
+A line of white foam showed us where the reef was on which our ship had
+struck, but not a vestige of her remained.
+
+"The mate judged it best to steer to the southward, but we had no chart
+and no compass, and had to trust to the sun by day and the stars by
+night. The mate knew them well, but I began to fear that he would not
+be long with me, for the exertions he had made had been too much for
+him. By the time morning had dawned he was unable to sit up. As long
+as he could he steered the boat, while I baled, for, notwithstanding the
+care we had taken, she still leaked very much. I looked anxiously at my
+companion every time I lifted up my head, still he kept his eye on the
+rising sun, which in a deep red glow appeared above the horizon. Then
+he gazed up at the sail, and then ahead. Gradually his hand let go of
+the tiller, his head fell down on his chest. I sprang aft, when, to my
+grief and dismay, I found that the poor fellow was dead.
+
+"I had now not only to steer the boat, but to bale her. How could I
+hope by myself to reach any friendly shore? I began to be sorry that we
+had left the native village, the people were at all events kind to us,
+and some day or other traders might have come to the place and taken us
+off. It was too late now, though, to think of this. I could not have
+gone back even if I had wished it, for the wind was against me, and I
+had not strength to use the oars. I looked at the poor mate, and tried
+to pour some water down his throat, but it was of no use, he was really
+dead. For some time I had not the heart to throw him overboard, but I
+knew that it must be done, and at last I managed to accomplish the sad
+act.
+
+"I was now all alone in the boat. As the sun rose the wind fell, and it
+became perfectly calm. As the sail was of no use, I lowered it. Still
+I had to bail, for the water continued to leak through the seams. The
+hot sun came down on my head and nearly roasted me. Fortunately I had
+manufactured a straw hat, with a thick top, this very one you see me
+wear, it assisted to save my head, and I value it as a friend which has
+done me service.
+
+"Well, I must cut my yarn short. Day after day I sailed on. When it
+was calm I hauled down my sail and went to sleep, for the leaks in the
+boat lessened by degrees, and at last I was saved the trouble of baling.
+I began, however, to think that I should never get to land. The meat
+we had brought turned so bad that I could not eat it, the roots and
+fruits lasted me better, and assisted to feed the birds, but they were
+also coming to an end. Without them I knew that I could not preserve my
+birds, so very unwillingly, I killed my big black parrot. I had no
+means of lighting a fire, so I had to eat the bird raw; but a hungry man
+is not particular.
+
+"I should have said that we had stowed our water in a number of gourds,
+but I had already emptied most of them, and I dreaded the time when my
+stock would come to an end, for I knew that without it, I could not live
+many days. Under the burning sun of that region, water is the chief
+necessary of life, my birds too, required as much as I did. I anxiously
+looked out for land. I made but slow progress, for the weather was
+unusually calm, and sometimes the wind was contrary. Thus, I could not
+tell how long it might be before I could reach a friendly harbour. I
+had to kill another and another of my birds, till at last only my pretty
+Lory remained. He was so tame that he would come and sit on my shoulder
+while I was steering, and put his beak into my mouth, and talk to me.
+He was my only companion you see, and I fancied he could understand what
+I said, and I was sure he was very fond of me. I would rather have done
+anything than kill him, still I was getting very faint and weak, and I
+could scarcely crawl from the stern to the mast to lower the sail when I
+wanted to get to sleep. At last I had but a pint of water remaining and
+only a yam or two. I steered on as long as I could, when I felt my head
+bending down to my breast. I knew that I could not keep awake many
+minutes longer, so I lowered my sail and lay down to go to sleep. I
+felt that it was very likely I should never wake again, or if I did that
+it would be only to lie down and die. Evening was coming on, I suffered
+generally less at night than in the day-time, because it was cooler. I
+slept on and on; I was completely exhausted. At length, I was awoke by
+Lory putting his beak into my mouth; I opened my eyes. The sun had
+already risen, and a fresh breeze was blowing. I dragged myself to the
+mast, and hoisted the sail, and then made my way to my seat aft. I had
+scarcely got there, when I saw nearly ahead, a large vessel crossing my
+course. I eagerly steered towards her; I hoped and prayed that I might
+be seen by those on board, and my heart beat with anxiety lest I should
+not be observed. Every moment I drew nearer and nearer, but still I
+knew that when she got the breeze, she would rapidly sail away from me.
+In my eagerness, I tried to shout, but my voice sounded weak and hollow.
+My heart bounded with joy, when I saw the ship's course brailed up, and
+she hove to, showing that I was seen. I was soon alongside, but I was
+too weak to do more than just lower my sail, and sink into the bottom of
+the boat, just as a couple of seamen from the stranger jumped into her.
+I was scarcely conscious of what else happened. When I came to myself,
+I found Lory perched on my hammock looking at me, and I was told that I
+was on board the _Ringdove_, and that after she had touched at a few of
+the East India Islands, she was homeward bound. I was treated very
+kindly till I got well, and then as I had no wish to be idle, I told the
+captain I was ready to work with the crew.
+
+"We had several passengers on board, and one of them who was a
+naturalist, and had been out to these regions to collect birds and
+creatures of all sorts, offered to buy Lory, but though he was ready to
+give a large sum, I would not part with my friend. Lory came safely
+home with me, for I took great care of him, and when we got into
+northern latitudes, I kept him always out of the cold and damp.
+
+"So, Miss Fanny, you have the history of my pet."
+
+"Oh, how I wish you had been able to bring the other birds home," said
+Fanny. "I should so like to have seen them."
+
+"Well, Miss, I tell you it went against my heart to kill them, but when
+a man is suffering from hunger, his nature seems changed, but I often
+used to think afterwards, how I could have killed the pretty creatures."
+
+"I am very much obliged to you, for the account you have given me, and I
+should like another day to hear as many more of your adventures as you
+can tell me, for I daresay that is not the only one you have met with."
+
+"No, indeed, Miss Fanny, I could tell you many more, and will try and
+recollect them for you when next you come."
+
+Norman had been almost as much interested as his sister in the old
+sailor's story, wondering in what part of the world the adventures took
+place, for although, as he boasted, he had come all the way from India,
+he had a very slight knowledge of geography.
+
+Rob by had all the time been outside playing with the little carriage,
+and thinking how nice it would be if he could have one like it to drag
+to market with his grandfather, and bring back the things they bought.
+
+Just as old Alec had finished his story, a stranger arrived. He was a
+drover, who went round the country to purchase the cottagers' cattle,
+picking up here one and there one, or taking a hundred at a time from
+the more wealthy proprietors.
+
+"I am somewhat in a hurry," he said, "but if you have any beasts to
+dispose of, I daresay that I shall be able to offer you a price you will
+be ready to take."
+
+As old Alec could not detain the drover, he begged Fanny and her brother
+to wait till his return that he might accompany them part of the way
+home.
+
+While he and the drover went out to look at the cattle, Fanny took up
+her bird with its cage, and thought how much it would like to enjoy the
+fresh air and sunlight.
+
+"I am not going to stay here any longer," said Norman, and he ran out to
+join little Robby in playing with the carriage.
+
+Fanny followed with the bird-cage, and seeing the two boys amusing
+themselves, went on talking to the bird, which as she thought whistled
+to her in return.
+
+"What are you doing with my cart?" exclaimed Norman, turning to Robby.
+
+He was not in a good humour, he considered that old Alec ought to have
+given a bird to him as well as to Fanny, and was inclined to vent his
+ill-feeling on poor little Robby. Robby, who did not understand that he
+was angry, without replying, taking out the two apples which he had put
+back into the carriage, held them up to Norman wishing to offer them to
+him.
+
+"Where did you get those from?" exclaimed Norman.
+
+"I thought you would like to have them, young master," said Robby, "I
+brought them back for you."
+
+Norman instead of saying that he was much obliged, not wishing at the
+moment to eat any fruit and feeling very angry, knocked them out of the
+little boy's hands.
+
+Robby was too much astonished even to offer to pick them up as they lay
+on the ground.
+
+"I am tired of waiting for that old man," said Norman, taking the pole
+of the carriage; "Fanny come along."
+
+Fanny was too much occupied with her bird to hear him, and Norman began
+to drag off the carriage.
+
+Robby thinking that he had no business to run off with it, on the
+impulse of the moment seized the hinder part of it, and attempted to
+stop him.
+
+"Please don't go away, young master, till grandfather comes back," he
+said, "he wants to go with you. Miss Fanny, O Miss Fanny, won't you
+tell your brother to stop?"
+
+"Let go the carriage," cried Norman, now more angry than ever,
+especially at finding that though Robby was so little, his sturdy arms
+and legs were able to prevent him from drawing on the carriage. "If you
+do not let go, I will give you such a box on the ears, as you never
+before have had in your life."
+
+Little Robby, who had a spirit of his own, was not to be daunted by the
+threats of Master Norman.
+
+Fanny had by this time got to some distance, or she would have heard
+what her brother was saying and have interfered.
+
+Norman again cried out and threatened Robby, but still the little fellow
+held on tightly, while he pulled back. Norman tugged and tugged in vain
+to get on. At last he stopped pulling, and threatened to beat Robby
+well if he would not let go. Robby looked up at him, and shook his
+head. Norman at that moment turning round gave a sudden tug at the
+pole, and started off at full speed. The jerk had the effect of making
+poor little Robby lose his hold, and back he fell with his legs in the
+air, and his hands stretched out, while Norman scampered on, turning his
+head round to laugh at him maliciously.
+
+"I told you you had better not!" he shouted. "Now you have got your
+desert, you will not attempt to play tricks with me again, you young
+monkey! ah! ah! ah!" and he laughed and jeered at poor little Robby.
+
+"Come along, Fanny," he cried out, "I am not going to stop longer for
+the old man."
+
+Fanny though she heard his voice did not understand what he said, and
+still thought that he and Robby were playing amicably together. She
+went on talking to her bird which at that moment was to her of more
+importance than anything else.
+
+Norman, not looking to see whether she was coming, scampered off,
+dragging the carriage behind him, and believing that he knew the way as
+well as she did.
+
+Robby soon got up, and felt more vexed at the way he had been treated by
+the young master, than hurt by his tumble. Fanny had gone round into
+the garden, where she sat down on a bench in the shade, and planed her
+bird by her side, quite unaware of what had happened. The bird, which
+was unusually tame, seemed from the first to understand that she was to
+be its future mistress. It came at once to the bars of the cage, and
+put out its beak to receive the seed with which old Alec had provided
+her, that she might feed it. She would have liked to have taken it out
+of its cage that it might perch on her fingers, but she thought that
+would not be wise, in case it might take it into its head to fly off for
+an excursion, and perhaps not be willing to return to captivity.
+
+"I wonder what name I shall give you," she said, talking to the bird.
+"Old Alec did not tell me if you have got one. Shall I call you Dickey,
+Flapsey, or Pecksy? I must have a name for you. Perhaps granny will
+help me to find one. What name would you like to be called by, pretty
+bird? I wonder what are the names of birds; I know that parrots are
+called Poll and Pretty Poll, and jackdaws and magpies Jack and Mag, but
+such names would not do for you. I want something that sounds soft and
+pretty just like yourself." Thus she ran on, and the time went by till
+at last old Alec returned to the cottage, and not finding her there,
+came into the garden to look for her.
+
+"Why, Miss Fanny, what has become of your little brother?" he inquired.
+
+"Is not he playing with Robby on the other side of the house?" asked
+Fanny, somewhat astonished.
+
+"I can neither see him nor Robby," answered old Alec. He shouted out,
+"Robby! Robby!" but received no answer.
+
+"It seems very strange," said Fanny; "I heard them playing happily
+together not long ago."
+
+At last old Alec went round the house and again shouted. A faint cry
+came from a distance, and he saw Robby running towards him.
+
+"What is the matter?" asked old Alec, as soon as Robby got up to him.
+
+"The young master went off with the carriage, and I ran after him to
+call him back, and instead of going towards home, he has taken the way
+to the peat bog. I called to him to stop, but he only went faster, and
+so I came back to get you, grandfather, to follow him, for if he once
+tumbled in I could not help him out again."
+
+"You are a wise boy, Robby," answered his grandfather. "Miss Fanny, if
+you will stay here I will go and look after the young gentleman, for if
+he tumbles into the bog he will not get out again without help. There
+is no danger, only we must not lose time."
+
+Saying this, old Alec hurried off in the direction from which Robby had
+appeared.
+
+Fanny for a moment forgot all about her bird which she had put down in
+its cage on the window-sill, and ran after old Alec. He strode on at a
+rapid rate, so that she had a difficulty in overtaking him. After some
+time she heard him shouting, "Stop, boy, stop!" and saw him waving with
+his hand.
+
+Again he went on even more eagerly than before.
+
+Fanny, who had just then reached a rise in the ground, caught sight of
+Norman, some way off in the hollow below her, floundering about and
+holding on to the cart, towards which Alec, yet at a little distance,
+was making his way. The old man had to do so cautiously, for as the
+ground was very soft, he sank at each step he made above his ankles; but
+Norman, being much lighter, had passed over places which would not bear
+his weight.
+
+As she got near she heard Norman crying lustily for help, and she began
+to fear that before old Alec could reach him, he might sink below the
+soft yielding earth. Just then she heard a shout behind her, and,
+looking round, she observed little Robby approaching with a long thin
+pole on his shoulder. He was quickly up with her.
+
+"Don't go farther, Miss," he said, "you will be sticking in the bog,
+too, if you do; we will soon get out the young master."
+
+Robby quickly joined his grandfather, and by placing the long pole on
+the top of the hog, Robby was able to make his way over the peat with a
+rope.
+
+"Here, young master!" he exclaimed, "catch hold of the pole and crawl
+along it as I do, and you will soon be out of the bog."
+
+Norman, though at first too much frightened to do anything but shout and
+struggle, at last comprehended what Robby said, and following his
+advice, crawled along the pole. He soon got on firmer ground.
+
+Robby then went back and fastened the rope to the carriage, which old
+Alec was thus able without much difficulty to drag out of the bog.
+
+Fanny soon recovered from her alarm.
+
+"What made you run there?" she asked, as Norman, wet and muddy, came up
+to her, looking very foolish and very angry too.
+
+"It was all your fault," he answered; "I wanted to go home, and I told
+you that I did not want to wait for the old man, or to play any more
+with the stupid little boy, and if you had come when I called you, I
+should not have got into this mess."
+
+"If it had not been for the old man and the little boy you would have
+been suffocated in the bog," answered Fanny; "you ought to be very
+grateful to them for saving you, and see what trouble they are taking to
+get the carriage out."
+
+"I won't be lectured by you," answered Norman, "and I will go home as
+soon as I can get the carriage. The old man will be scolding me if I
+stop here, because I upset his little grandson, and I do not choose to
+submit to that."
+
+"Nonsense, you foolish boy," answered Fanny, "if you remain in your wet
+clothes you will catch cold, and mamma and granny will be much more
+angry with you than old Alec is likely to be."
+
+"I daresay they will if you go and tell them that I ran away from you,
+and you always take pleasure in getting me into scrapes."
+
+"O Norman, how can you say that?" exclaimed Fanny, "you know I am always
+anxious to prevent you from being punished. Here come old Alec and
+Robby with the carriage. I hope that you will thank them for pulling
+you out of the bog, and that you will go in (should old Alec ask you) to
+get your clothes dried before we set off. I am very thankful you have
+escaped, but I am afraid we shall not be allowed to come again by
+ourselves over the moor to visit the cottage. The first time I tumbled
+down and wetted my clothes, and now you are in a worse plight, for your
+clothes are all muddy and spoilt, and you might have lost your life if
+old Alec had not come to help you."
+
+This Norman would not acknowledge, but declared that he could have got
+out very well by himself. Notwithstanding what Fanny had said, he still
+insisted on returning home at once.
+
+"Oh no, you must come back and have your clothes dried, as Mr Morrison
+wishes you," she said.
+
+"As you, Miss Fanny, think that your brother ought to go back, there is
+a very easy way of settling the matter," said Alec; and before Norman
+know what was going to happen, the old man tucked him under his arm and
+carried him along as a farmer sometimes carries a refractory pig, while
+Robby followed with the carriage. In vain Norman shrugged and grumbled,
+and squeaked out.
+
+Alec soon had him seated on the bench before his kitchen fire, which he
+made blaze merrily up. He then quickly took off his clothes, and
+wrapped him up in a clean shirt, and his Sunday coat.
+
+"The clothes won't take long drying, young gentleman, and you must have
+patience till they are dry," he observed; "the shoes, however, will be
+somewhat tight, even if they are at all fit to be put on again, but that
+won't matter, as you can sit in the carriage while I drag you."
+
+Norman now sat quietly, for he hoped that if his clothes were clean, no
+one at home would hear of his misconduct.
+
+"You will not go and tell them that I ran away, will you Fanny?" he
+asked, looking round at her as she sat near the table with her bird.
+
+"I cannot make any promise," she answered; "I am, however, very sure
+that you ought to tell them how Mr Morrison and little Robby pulled you
+out of the bog."
+
+"I would not wish the young gentleman to say anything to get himself
+into trouble, but at the same time, I would wish him to speak the truth,
+whatever happens," observed old Alec.
+
+Norman did not reply to her, but muttered to himself, "she cares more
+for her bird than she does for me, but I will take care she has not much
+pleasure from it."
+
+Fanny did not overhear this, and had no idea that her new little friend
+was in danger from the jealousy of her brother.
+
+As it was already late, as soon as Norman's clothes were dried old Alec
+put them on him again, with Fanny's assistance, and little Robby having
+in the meantime washed the carriage, they were ready to start. Robby,
+as before, had to take care of the house while old Alec insisted on
+accompanying his young visitors.
+
+"You know, Miss Fanny, you must carry the bird, and we shall be able to
+get over the ground faster if I drag the carriage."
+
+Fanny was very glad to agree to this arrangement, for as Norman was in a
+bad humour she could not tell how he might behave to her, but she knew
+that he would be quiet if old Alec was with her. They accordingly set
+off, Robby giving them a parting cheer. They went on pretty fast,
+Norman having to hold himself into the carriage as it bumped and thumped
+over the rough ground.
+
+As Fanny had to carry the bird-cage, Alec went the whole way to the yard
+at the back of Glen Tulloch. Norman scarcely thanking him, jumped out,
+and ran into the house.
+
+"Oh! do stop, Mr Morrison, till my mamma, and granny, and Mrs Maclean
+can see you," said Fanny, "they will wish to thank you, as I do, and as
+Norman was much frightened, I hope that they will not think it necessary
+to punish him."
+
+"But I did nothing worth speaking of," answered old Alec, "and so just
+give my respects to the ladies, and tell them that I would have been
+happy to have had a talk with them if they had wished, but I must go
+back to look after my little boy, for I never like to be away from him
+longer than I can help. Bless you, young lady! it does my heart good to
+see you, so pray come and pay me a visit whenever you can."
+
+The old man hurried away, and Fanny ran in to show her bird, hoping that
+no questions would be asked her about Norman's behaviour till she had
+persuaded him, as she wished to do, to tell his own story, so that old
+Alec and Robby might be properly thanked for the service they had
+rendered him.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER EIGHT.
+
+THE PET BIRD.
+
+"O mamma! granny! Mrs Maclean! see what a beautiful bird old Alec has
+given me!" exclaimed Fanny, as she ran into the drawing-room, and went
+round exhibiting the little prisoner, first to one and then to the
+other. "He has been so kind too, he showed us all his other birds, and
+gave us such an interesting account of the way he got one of them, but I
+would rather have this one than all the others."
+
+The bird was duly admired.
+
+"Where is Norman?" asked Mrs Vallery.
+
+"He ran into the house before me, I suppose he will soon be here."
+
+Norman, however, did not come immediately, and at last Mrs Vallery went
+to look for him. She found him in his room rubbing away at his clothes.
+
+"What has happened?" she asked; "why did you not come into the
+drawing-room at once?"
+
+"I tumbled down in the mud and dirtied my clothes, so I wanted to clean
+them," answered Norman, and he said no more.
+
+"That was awkward of you, but as they appear dry, you might have come in
+to see us all as soon as you returned," observed Mrs Vallery; "how did
+you manage to tumble down?"
+
+"That stupid little brat Robby ran after me, and Fanny would not come
+home. I can take very good care of myself, and so I don't want her to
+go out with me any more."
+
+"I am afraid, Norman, you were not behaving well. I must learn from
+Fanny what occurred," said Mrs Vallery. "I will assist you to change
+your clothes; these are certainly not fit to appear in at dinner."
+
+Norman was very taciturn while his mamma was dressing him. As soon as
+she had done so she led him downstairs.
+
+To his grandmother's questions he made no reply, and she consequently
+guessed that something had gone wrong. When Fanny who had gone upstairs
+to dress, returned, Mrs Vallery inquired how Norman had managed to
+tumble into the mud.
+
+"I wish to have the whole account from you, Fanny, for his is not very
+clear," she observed. "He says that little Robby ran after him."
+
+"Oh, how can you say that?" exclaimed Fanny indignantly. "If it had not
+been for little Robby you know perfectly well that you might have lost
+your life;" and then without hesitation she gave the exact account of
+what had occurred.
+
+"I am deeply grieved to find that instead of expressing your gratitude
+to the little fellow, you should have wished to throw blame upon him,"
+said Mrs Leslie, looking very grave as she spoke; "you were wrong in
+running away without your sister, but that fault might easily have been
+overlooked. I feel ashamed of acknowledging you as my grandson in the
+presence of my old friend here, and I grieve that they should find you
+capable of acting so base a part."
+
+Norman could say nothing in his defence. He did not like being scolded
+by his grandmamma as he called it, but still he did not see his
+behaviour in its proper light, and instead of being sorry, he felt only
+vexed and angry and more than ever disposed to vent his ill-feeling on
+Fanny.
+
+His poor mamma was very unhappy, but she did not know what to say to him
+more than what his grandmamma had already said.
+
+"I will talk to him in his room by-and-by, and point out to him the sin
+he has committed," she observed to Mrs Leslie.
+
+The laird soon after came in, and the party went to dinner. He saw that
+something was wrong, but refrained from asking questions.
+
+Norman ate his dinner in silence, and no one felt disposed to speak to
+him. He did not like this, and it made him feel more and more angry
+with Fanny.
+
+"Why should she say all that about me! why could not she let my story be
+believed! It could not have done that little brat any harm, if they had
+thought I tumbled down because he ran after me. He did, he did run
+after me, for I saw him. But I am determined that Fanny shall not tell
+tales about me; I will punish her in a way she does not think of. She
+will grow very fond of that stupid little bird, but I will take care
+that she does not keep it very long. Perhaps some day the door of the
+cage will be open, and it will fly away. Ah! ah! Miss Fanny, I am not
+going to let you tell tales of me."
+
+Such were the thoughts which passed through the mind of the little boy.
+He had never been taught to restrain his evil feelings, and to seek for
+help from God's Holy Spirit to put them away immediately they came to
+him. Instead of doing that, he allowed them to remain and to grow and
+grow, and a bad thought, however small it may appear at first, must
+always grow till it becomes so great, that it makes a slave of the
+person who allows it to spring up within him.
+
+Poor Fanny had no idea of the harm which her brother was meditating
+against her and her bird, nor indeed had any one else at table. After
+dinner, the whole party went into the grounds. The kind-hearted laird
+was sorry to see Norman looking so dull.
+
+"He is a manly little fellow, and ought to have boy companions. I will
+do what I can to amuse him," he thought. "Come along, Norman, with me,
+and we will try to find something to do." The laird kindly took him by
+the hand, and led him along.
+
+"When I am old enough, papa promises to give me a gun, that I may go out
+and shoot tigers," said Norman. "Have you got any tigers here?"
+
+"No, I am glad to say we have not. We should find them very
+troublesome, as they would commit great havoc among our sheep and
+cattle, and perhaps carry off the little boys and girls on their way to
+school as well as grown-up people."
+
+"We have plenty of tigers in India, and I think it a much finer country
+than England on that account," remarked Norman in a contemptuous tone.
+
+Mr Maclean laughed and replied--
+
+"There were once wolves in the wilder parts of the country, but they
+have long since been killed, because they did so much mischief. The
+only large animals which now remain in a wild state, are deer, and they
+belong to the proprietors of the land, so that those alone to whom they
+give permission may shoot them."
+
+"But have you not got some deer?" asked Norman, "I should so like to see
+you shoot one."
+
+"My days for deer-stalking are over," answered the laird. "There are a
+few on my estate, but I do not allow them to be shot. They are
+beautiful creatures, and I like to see them bounding across the hills
+and moors, and enjoying the existence God has given them."
+
+"I should like to shoot one though," said Norman, giving his head a
+shake in an independent way. "Won't you lend me your gun."
+
+"A gun would tumble you over oftener than you could bring down a deer,
+laddie," answered the laird, laughing heartily. "As you are so
+determined to be a sportsman you shall come with me on the loch this
+evening, and we will try and catch some fish, only you must promise me
+not to fall overboard again."
+
+"I will take good care not to do that; I did not like it the last time,"
+said Norman.
+
+"I suspect that what the boy wants is careful training to turn out
+better than he promises to do at present," thought the laird. "He has
+been allowed to do what he chooses, and has not been shown by the
+argument of the rod, as Solomon advises, when he has chosen to do wrong.
+I wish his father would let me take him in hand for a few months, I
+think something might be made of him."
+
+"Come along, laddie," said the honest laird aloud, "we will get my
+fishing-tackle, but we will not carry a big basket this time. I will
+show you how to string up your fish to carry them home without one."
+
+The laird was quickly equipped, for his fishing-tackle was always kept
+in readiness for use, and Norman being allowed the honour of carrying
+his landing-net, they took their way down to the loch. The laird told
+Norman to jump into the boat, and lifting the grapnel which held her to
+the bank, he stepped in after him, then taking the oars he pulled away
+up the loch.
+
+"What! can you row?" exclaimed Norman. "I thought only sailors and
+boatmen could do that."
+
+"You have a good many things to learn, laddie. I could pull an oar when
+I was no bigger than you are. It is what every English boy ought to be
+able to do, and I will teach you if you try to behave yourself
+properly."
+
+"I should like to learn; can you teach me now?" asked Norman.
+
+"I cannot teach you and fish at the same time," said the laird.
+"Besides these oars are too heavy for you, but I will get a small one
+made that you can handle. Remember, however, that I make the promise
+only on condition that you are a good boy, and try to please not only me
+but everybody else."
+
+"I will try," said Norman, but still he did not forget his evil
+intentions against Fanny and her bird.
+
+People often promise that they will be good, but they must have an
+honest desire to be so, and must seek for help from whence alone they
+can obtain it, in order to enable them to keep their promise. Norman
+had never even tried to be good, but had always followed his own
+inclinations, regardless of the pain or annoyance he inflicted on even
+those who were most kind to him. He could appear very amiable when he
+was pleased, and had everything his own way, but that is not sufficient.
+A person should be amiable when opposed, and even when hardly treated
+should return good for evil.
+
+He sat in the boat talking away very pleasantly to Mr Maclean, who
+began to think that he was a much nicer boy than he had supposed, and
+felt very glad that he had brought him out with him that evening.
+
+The laird rowed on for some distance, till he came to the spot where he
+proposed fishing. He then put his rod together, and told Norman to
+watch what he did, that he might imitate him as soon as he had a rod of
+his own.
+
+"I must get a nice light one which you can handle properly," observed
+the laird kindly.
+
+"Oh, but I think I could hold yours, it does not seem very heavy," said
+Norman.
+
+"You might hold it upright, but you could not move it about as I do, and
+certainly you could not throw a fly with it," answered Mr Maclean.
+"However, I like to see a boy try to do a thing. It is only by trying
+that a person can succeed. But trying alone will not do, a person must
+learn his alphabet before he can read; unless he did so, he might try
+very hard to read, and would not succeed. In the same way you must
+learn the a, b, c of every handicraft, and art, and branch of knowledge,
+before you can hope to understand or accomplish the work. The a, b, c
+of fly-fishing is to handle your rod and line, and I must see you do
+that well, before I let you use a hook, with which you would otherwise
+only injure yourself or any one else in the boat."
+
+"But I should feel so foolish throwing a line backwards and forwards
+over the water," answered Norman, "I should not like that."
+
+"You would be much more foolish throwing it backwards and forwards and
+not catching anything," remarked the laird. "Will you follow my advice
+or not? I want your answer."
+
+"I will do as you wish me," said Norman, after some hesitation.
+
+"Then I will teach you how to become a fly-fisher, and perhaps another
+year when you pay me a visit, you will be able to catch as many fish as
+I am likely to do this evening."
+
+The good laird had now got his tackle in order, and applied himself to
+the sport, telling Norman to sit quiet in the stern. Norman watched him
+eagerly.
+
+"I cannot see what difficulty there is," he said to himself. "I think
+in ten minutes or so I should be able to make the fly leap about over
+the water just as well as he does. Ah! he has caught a fish, I should
+like to do that! I must try as soon as he will let me have a rod."
+
+The laird quickly lifted the trout into the boat, and in half-an-hour
+caught five or six more.
+
+It was now growing dusk, and observing that the fish would no longer
+rise, he wound up his line, and again took to his oars. They soon
+reached the shore. Norman begged that he might be allowed to carry the
+fish, which the laird had strung through the gills with a piece of osier
+which he cut from the bank.
+
+Norman felt very proud as he walked away with the fish, persuading
+himself that he had had some part in catching them. They were, however,
+rather heavy, and before he reached the house his arms began to ache.
+He felt ashamed of acknowledging this, but continued changing them from
+hand to hand. The laird observed him, and with a smile, asked if he
+should take them. Norman was very glad to accept his offer.
+
+"You will find playing a fly much harder work than carrying the fish you
+catch with it, young gentleman," he remarked.
+
+Before entering the house, Norman begged that he might have the fish
+again, to show them to the ladies in the drawing-room. He rushed in
+eagerly holding them up.
+
+"See mamma! see Mrs Maclean! see granny! what fine fish the laird and I
+have caught," he exclaimed.
+
+"I congratulate you, my dear," said his grandmamma, "which of them did
+you catch?"
+
+"Oh, the laird hooked them, and I sat in the boat, and brought them some
+of the way up to the house!" answered Norman.
+
+Fanny burst into a merry laugh.
+
+"You are always grinning at me," exclaimed Norman, turning round and
+going out of the room.
+
+Again his evil feelings were aroused.
+
+"I won't be laughed at by a girl," he said to himself, as he made his
+way towards the kitchen to deliver the fish to the cook. "I will pay
+her off, and she will be sorry that she jeered at me."
+
+"Well, young gentleman. These are fine fish," said the cook, "did you
+catch them all?"
+
+"No I didn't," answered Norman turning away, for he was afraid the cook
+would laugh at him, as Fanny had done, if he boasted of having caught
+them.
+
+"Fanny, you should not laugh at Norman," observed Mrs Vallery, "he
+cannot endure that sort of thing, as he has not been accustomed to it."
+
+"But, my dear Mary, don't you think it would be better that he should
+learn to endure it, and get accustomed to be joked with?" said Mrs
+Maclean. "When he goes to school he will be compelled to bear the jokes
+of his companions, if he gets angry on such occasions, they will only
+joke at him the more, and he will have a very uncomfortable time of it."
+
+"Poor boy! I am afraid what you say is true, but still, I do not
+consider that his sister should be the person to teach him the
+unpleasant lesson," answered Mrs Vallery.
+
+"I did not intend to hurt his feelings, and will find him and try to
+comfort him as well as I can," said Fanny, putting up her work.
+
+Fanny found Norman just going into his room to get ready for tea. "I am
+so sorry I laughed when you told us about the fish just now, Norman,"
+she said putting her hand on his arm; "I did not intend to laugh at you,
+but only at what you said."
+
+"I do not see why you should have laughed at all, I don't like it, and
+won't stand it, and you had better not do it again," he answered,
+tearing himself away from her, and running into his room. She attempted
+to follow, but he slammed the door in her face, and shot the bolt, so
+that she could not enter.
+
+"My dear brother, do listen to me, I am very very sorry to have offended
+you, and will not, if I can help it, laugh at you again," she said, much
+grieved at his petulant behaviour.
+
+Norman made no answer, but she heard him stamping about in his room and
+knocking over several things.
+
+Finding all her efforts vain, she got ready for tea, and went to the
+dining-room, where that meal was spread in Highland fashion.
+
+Norman who was hungry, at last made his appearance. He went to his seat
+without speaking or even looking at her. Mr Maclean who knew nothing
+of what had passed, talked to him in his usual kind way, and promised to
+take him out the next morning that he might commence his lessons in
+fly-fishing. Norman being thus treated, was perfectly satisfied with
+himself, and considered that Fanny alone was to blame for the
+ill-feeling in which he allowed himself to indulge towards her. She
+made several attempts to get him to speak, but to no purpose.
+
+How sad it was that Norman should have been able to place his head on
+his pillow and not experience any feeling of compunction at doing so
+without being reconciled to his gentle sister.
+
+Next morning he was up betimes, and went off soon after breakfast with
+Mr Maclean to the loch.
+
+Fanny amused herself for some time with her little bird. It now knew
+her so well that when she opened the door of its cage, it would fly out
+as she called it, and come and perch on her finger, and when she put
+some crumbs on the table, it would hop forward, turning its head about,
+and pick them up one after the other, watching lest any stranger should
+approach. If any one entered the room it immediately came close up to
+Fanny, or perched on her hand, and seemed to feel that it was perfectly
+safe while under her protection. It would not, however, venture out if
+any one else was in the room. Fanny kept its cage hung up on a peg near
+the window of her bedroom. She brought it down that morning to show to
+Mrs Leslie.
+
+"I must give it a name, dear granny," she said; "can you help me? Do
+you recollect the pretty story you used to read to me when I was a very
+little girl, about the three robins--Dickey, and Flapsey, and Pecksy. I
+have been thinking of calling it by one of those names, but I could not
+make up my mind."
+
+"Which name do you like the best, my dear?" asked Mrs Leslie.
+
+"I think Pecksy. Pecksy was a good, obedient, little bird, and I am
+sure my dear little bird is as good as a bird can be."
+
+"Then I think I would call it Pecksy, dear," answered Mrs Leslie; and
+Fanny decided on so naming her little favourite.
+
+"Now you shall see, granny, how Pecksy will come out when I call it, if
+you will just hold up your shawl as you sit in your arm-chair, so that
+it may not see you; yet I am sure it would not be afraid of you if it
+knew how kind you are, and I shall soon be able to teach it to love
+you;" so Fanny placed the cage on a little table at the farther end of
+the room, and, opening the door, went to some distance and called to
+Pecksy, and out came Pecksy and perched on her fingers. She then,
+talking to it and gently stroking its back, brought it quietly up to her
+granny. Greatly to her delight, Pecksy did not appear at all afraid.
+
+"There, granny! there! I was sure Pecksy would learn to love you," she
+exclaimed; and Pecksy looked up into the kind old lady's face, and
+seemed perfectly satisfied that no harm would come to it.
+
+"Oh, I wish Norman would be fond of the little bird too," she said, "but
+he does not seem to care about it, and thinks it beneath his notice; and
+yet I have heard of many boys--not only little ones, but big boys, and
+even grown-up men--who were fond of birds, and have tamed them, and
+taught them to come to them, and learn to trust and love them."
+
+"I do, indeed, wish that Norman was fond of your little bird," observed
+Mrs Leslie; "many noble and great men have been fond of dumb animals,
+and have found pleasure in the companionship even of little birds. It
+is no sign of true manliness to despise even the smallest of God's
+creatures, or to treat them otherwise than with kindness. You remember
+those lines of the poet Cowper which begin thus--
+
+ "`I would not enter on my list of friends
+ (Though graced with polished manners and fine sense,
+ Yet wanting sensibility) the man
+ Who needlessly sets foot upon a worm.'
+
+"They refer rather to cruelty to animals, but they occurred to me just
+now when thinking of Norman, and we must try to get him to learn them,
+as I am afraid that he does not consider that all God's creatures have
+feeling, and that he would carelessly injure them if they came in his
+way."
+
+"I fear that at present he would do so, but then, he is very little,"
+said Fanny, "and perhaps if he learns those lines they may teach him to
+be kinder than he now is to dumb animals; still, I am sure he would not
+have the heart to hurt little Pecksy."
+
+Poor Fanny judged of Norman by herself, notwithstanding the way he had
+so constantly behaved. She little thought of what he was capable of
+doing, still less of what he would become capable as he grew older,
+unless he was altogether changed.
+
+Fanny had just returned Pecksy to his cage when the laird and Norman
+entered. Norman boasted of the way in which he had handled his rod.
+
+"Mr Maclean says that I shall soon become a first-rate fly-fisher," he
+exclaimed. "I should have caught some fish to-day if I had had a hook.
+He would not let me put one on for fear I should hook him or myself, but
+I am determined to have one next time, and then you will see I shall
+bring back a whole basketful of fish."
+
+Fanny did not laugh at what Norman said, though she felt much inclined
+to do so. She remembered too well the effect her laughter had produced
+on the previous evening, and she was most anxious not to irritate his
+feelings.
+
+The laird had now, as he called it, taken Norman in hand, and for
+several days allowed the boy to accompany him when he went fishing on
+the loch. On each occasion he made him practise with his little rod and
+line, but would not permit him to put on a hook, in spite of the earnest
+request Norman made that he might be allowed to use one.
+
+"No, laddie, no; not till I see that you can throw a fly with sufficient
+skill to entice a fish shall you use a hook while you are with me," he
+answered.
+
+His refusal greatly annoyed Norman, who one day, losing his temper,
+declared that unless he was allowed to have a hook he would not go out
+any more in the boat.
+
+"Very well, laddie, ye maun just stay at home and amuse yourself as best
+you can," was the answer he received from the laird, who, taking up his
+rod, went off, accompanied by old Sandy, without him.
+
+Norman walked about the grounds in a very ill-humour, wishing that he
+had kept his agreement with his good-natured host. At last, growing
+tired of his own company, he returned to the house, thinking that a game
+of some sort or other, even with Fanny, would be better than being all
+alone. She, supposing that he had gone off with the laird, did not
+expect to see him, and having brought Pecksy down to the library, was
+amusing herself by playing with her little favourite. Having collected
+some crumbs after breakfast in a paper, she brought them with her, and
+seating herself in a large arm-chair at the library table, placed the
+cage by her side, and took Pecksy out of it. Having given him one or
+two crumbs, she thought she would make him run round and round the
+table, and then from one end to the other, so she placed the crumbs at
+intervals round the edge, and then in a line down the centre.
+
+"It would amuse granny to see Pecksy at my word of command hop round the
+table, and then come back to me, and as she would not observe the
+crumbs, she would wonder, till I told her how very obedient he has
+become. But I would tell her directly afterwards, for I would not
+really deceive her even in that way," Fanny said to herself.
+
+Fanny, having placed the crumbs, was delighted to find how well her plan
+succeeded, for as soon as Pecksy had picked up one crumb, seeing another
+before him, he hopped forward and picked that up, and so on, till he had
+gone round the whole circle.
+
+Fanny had made him go through his performance once or twice, for she had
+wisely put down very small crumbs indeed, so that his appetite was not
+satisfied. Having placed Pecksy at the further end of the table where
+she had left him a few crumbs to occupy his attention, she had just
+resumed her seat, when, unperceived by her, Norman stole into the room.
+A large book lay on a chair near him. On a sudden an evil thought
+entered his mind. Pecksy was in his power, and he had an opportunity of
+venting the ill-feeling he had long entertained against Fanny and her
+little pet.
+
+Taking up the book, he stole round behind a high-backed chair, which was
+placed against the table. Fanny was so engaged with her bird that she
+did not see him. Rising up suddenly with the book in his hands, the
+cruel boy let it fall directly down on the little bird. Perhaps he was
+scarcely aware of the fatal consequences of his act, perhaps he thought
+that the falling book would only frighten the bird, which would fly away
+and save itself. We cannot bear to suppose that, ill-tempered as he
+was, he could have meditated the destruction of his gentle sister's
+little favourite. People often do not consider the sad results of their
+evil temper and bad conduct.
+
+The book fell directly on poor little Pecksy. Fanny gave a cry of grief
+and terror.
+
+"Oh, what have you done, Norman!" she exclaimed, as she saw his face
+just above the chair, with an expression, oh how different to what she
+could have supposed that of her little brother could wear.
+
+He did not utter a word, but gazed intently at the book. She lifted it
+up. There lay her dear little Pecksy motionless. She took the bird up
+in her hands, examining it anxiously, while the tears fell fast from her
+eyes.
+
+Norman, conscience-stricken for the first time in his life, could not
+bear to look at her any longer, and rushed out of the room.
+
+"Oh, what have I done! what have I done!" he exclaimed; "it cannot be
+dead! the book was not so very big--that could not have killed it all in
+a moment."
+
+He was afraid of meeting anybody, and he hurried out into the grounds.
+At first he ran very fast, supposing that some one would come after him,
+then finding that he was not pursued, he went at a slower pace. On
+reaching the woods he turned off the path and plunged into them to hide
+himself. First he crouched down beneath some thick bushes, thinking
+that no one would discover him there, but he felt too uncomfortable to
+stay long quiet--he must keep moving on. Slowly he made his way through
+the woods. He thought he heard footsteps. He tried to push deeper into
+the woods. On and on he went--he tore his clothes, and scratched his
+face and hands, he did not know where he was going, he did not care--
+provided he could keep out of the way of everybody. Never before had he
+been so miserable, his feelings at last became intolerable.
+
+"Perhaps after all the bird is not dead," he thought.
+
+The idea brought him some relief. "I must go back and try and find
+out," he said to himself. "If I hear Fanny crying, and making a noise,
+I will run off again. I could not face mamma and granny and the rest of
+them if they were to know that I had killed Fanny's bird."
+
+To his surprise, as he went on through the woods, he suddenly saw the
+house directly before him. He ran towards it. He met the gardener,
+who, however, took no notice of him. "He at all events knows nothing
+about what has happened," he thought. At a little distance off was Mrs
+Maclean with scissors in hand, trimming; her roses, but she only looked
+up for a moment, wondering why Norman should be running about without
+his hat.
+
+"It's all right, the bird cannot have been killed after all," he
+thought.
+
+He entered the house, and went into the library. There sat Fanny in the
+arm-chair, hiding her weeping eyes with one hand, while in the other,
+which rested on the table, lay poor little Pecksy. Norman, stealing up
+close to her, gazed at the bird. It lay on its back with its delicate
+little legs in the air, its feathers were ruffled, and a drop of blood
+was on its beak.
+
+"It does not move, but perhaps it is sleeping," thought Norman; "yet I
+never saw a bird sleep in that way. I am afraid it must be dead; and if
+it is, what will Fanny do to me? She will box my ears harder than she
+ever did, and then she will tell the laird, and he will whip me, to a
+certainty."
+
+Norman moved a little nearer. Fanny heard him, and, lifting up her head
+from her hand, she looked at him for a moment, and said in a low voice--
+
+"O Norman, poor Pecksy is dead," and then again burst into tears.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER NINE.
+
+SORROW IS NOT REPENTANCE.
+
+Norman had intended to run away and hide himself should he find that he
+really had killed the little bird. He was sure that Fanny and everybody
+else would be ready to beat him, but her gentle, though reproachful,
+tone greatly calmed his fears.
+
+"If she is not angry, I suppose that others will not be," he thought, as
+he stood by her side, with his eyes still fixed on the dead bird. "I
+wish I had not done it; if I had frightened her by merely letting the
+book drop near the bird, it would have been enough. Oh dear! oh dear!
+I wish I could bring it to life again! Can it really be dead?"
+
+As these expressions were uttered in a very low voice, they did not
+reach Fanny's ears. For some minutes she did not move. He could not
+longer endure to watch her silent grief.
+
+"Fanny," he said, in a gentle voice, very unusual for him, "is little
+Pecksy really dead? Do look and see; perhaps you can make it come to
+life again. I wish you could; I am so sorry I hit it so hard."
+
+Fanny lifted her head from her hands, and turned her eyes towards the
+little bird. She got up from her chair, and examined it carefully.
+
+"Give it something to eat, perhaps that will make it move about,"
+suggested Norman.
+
+Fanny shook her head. She tried to open its beak, but could not
+succeed.
+
+"O Norman, it already feels quite cold. It cannot open its beak, and
+its legs are stiff. It will never hop about any more, or pick up
+crumbs, or come flying to me, or sing in the morning to wake me up;
+poor, dear, little Pecksy is really dead."
+
+All this time she did not utter a word of anger or reproach. Instead of
+rushing at Norman and boxing his ears, as he had expected, she stood
+still, contemplating with grief her dead bird. Again the tears trickled
+from her eyes. For the first time in his life Norman felt ashamed of
+himself.
+
+"I am very sorry," he murmured; "I did not intend to kill the bird."
+
+"I was sure you did not," she said. "I do not think any human being
+could be so cruel."
+
+"No, I did not--I did not," said Norman. "But do you think that anybody
+else can make it live again?"
+
+"Oh, no, no; I am sure no one can," answered Fanny.
+
+"Then, what are you going to do? Tell them all that I killed it?" asked
+Norman.
+
+"I would rather you did that yourself," said Fanny. "I cannot; it would
+break my heart to talk about it, and I should be so very, very sorry to
+say how it happened."
+
+"Then you really mean to say that you do not wish to tell granny or
+mamma, or to get Mr Maclean to whip me?" he asked, in a tone of
+surprise.
+
+"Yes, indeed, Norman, I would much rather not have to tell granny or
+mamma, and I have not for a moment thought of asking Mr Maclean to
+punish you."
+
+"Still, they must all know it," said Norman, "and what will they do when
+you tell them?"
+
+"They would, of course, be very angry if they could think you did it on
+purpose," said Fanny. "That is the reason why I wish you to tell them
+yourself. Mamma, and granny, and Mrs Maclean are in the drawing-room
+now, and they will be wondering why I am so long away. Could you not go
+in at once and tell them what has happened, and ask granny to come to
+me. I cannot go in by myself with poor little Pecksy in my hand. It
+would make them all so sad."
+
+Norman felt very unwilling to do as his sister advised, still he could
+not help seeing that it was the best plan, though a very disagreeable
+one. In consequence of the way Fanny had spoken to him, he had no
+longer any fears about himself.
+
+"If she is not angry with me, they cannot be." He stood, however,
+irresolute for some time, thinking whether he would or would not go--if
+he did go, what he should say. Fanny again urged him to go at once.
+
+"If you do not, I must, as I cannot stay longer away from the
+drawing-room," she said.
+
+Norman at last made up his mind to go. He approached the drawing-room
+door, but stood outside before he could venture to turn the handle.
+
+"I wish I had not killed that bird," he again said to himself. "It did
+me no harm, and Fanny does not treat me as I thought she would, and as I
+should have treated her if she had killed a bird of mine which I was
+fond of. I should have flown at her, and kicked her, and scolded at her
+day after day, and do not think I should ever have forgiven her; but she
+does not even say a word to me, and tries to think that I did not wish
+to hurt the bird. I knew well enough that big book would kill the
+little creature, and I tried to make it fall just on the top of it. I
+know I did; and all because I was angry with Fanny, and that little
+Robby, and his grandfather who gave her the bird. I only wish that they
+all would be very angry. It would be better than treating me as Fanny
+has done."
+
+At last Norman put his hand on the door handle. He turned it, and
+entering, walked forward till he stood before the three ladies, who were
+seated at their work.
+
+"Well, Norman, what brings you here? We thought you were out fishing
+with the laird," said his granny, looking up from under her spectacles.
+
+"I have been and thrown a book on Fanny's bird, and it's dead. She
+asked me to come and tell you," said Norman in a gruff voice; "and,
+granny, she wants you to go to her. I wish I had not done it, that's
+all I have got to say."
+
+Having uttered these words he stood stock still, as if he was ready to
+receive any scoldings the ladies might think fit to administer.
+
+"You have killed Fanny's bird!" exclaimed Mrs Leslie and his mamma.
+"What, could make you do that?"
+
+"I don't know, I wish I hadn't; but I am not going to say any more,"
+answered Norman.
+
+"I will go to poor Fanny and try to comfort her, if the bird is really
+dead," said Mrs Leslie rising.
+
+"Norman, come here," said his mamma, as soon as his granny had left the
+room. "If you have really killed Fanny's bird on purpose, you have done
+a cruel thing. We are expecting your papa here this afternoon. When he
+hears of it, he will, I am sure, be very angry, and will punish you as
+he did the other day, before we left home."
+
+"I do not mind if he does," said Norman. "When I threw the book, I did
+not care whether I killed the bird or not."
+
+"I am afraid that Norman is a very naughty boy," observed Mrs Maclean,
+who did not understand the feeling which prompted him to say this. "You
+know the advice I have often given you, my dear Mary, and I hope when
+Captain Vallery comes, he will see the necessity of punishing him when
+he behaves ill, more severely than he appears hitherto to have done."
+
+Norman looked up at Mrs Maclean with a frown on his brow. He was
+beginning again to harden his heart, which had been softened by Fanny's
+grief and the gentle way she had spoken to him.
+
+"I don't thank you for saying that, old lady," he thought. "If papa
+whips me, I shall remember who advised him to do so," and he determined
+to say no more. In vain his mamma and Mrs Maclean asked him why he had
+killed the bird, the latter continuing to scold him severely for some
+minutes.
+
+At last Mrs Leslie came back leading Fanny, whose countenance still
+showed traces of her grief. As she entered the room she heard Mrs
+Maclean's last remarks.
+
+"Oh, do not scold Norman," she said coming up to her, "do not be angry,
+dear mamma! I am sure he is very sorry for what he has done, and I want
+to forgive him; indeed I do, I do not wish that he should be punished in
+any way."
+
+Norman had not for a moment supposed that his sister would attempt to
+defend him, and, touched by her forgiving spirit, he ran up to her and
+took her hand.
+
+"Thank you, Fanny," he said, "I do not mind how much scolding I get, for
+I deserve it, and I wish you would scold me too, but yet I can bear from
+others much more than I can from you."
+
+Fanny only replied by kissing him. She then took his hand.
+
+"Come with me, Norman," she said, "granny has been telling me what we
+had better do, and if you will help me we will do it at once. Granny
+has promised that she will not scold you," she whispered in his ear.
+
+Norman cast a half-timid grateful glance at his granny, he did not
+venture to look at Mrs Maclean and mamma, and willingly accompanied
+Fanny out of the room. "What is it you want to do, Fanny?" he asked as
+she led him back into the study.
+
+"I want you to help me to bury poor Pecksy," she answered. "Granny
+says, that as long as we see him, we shall be thinking about him, but
+that if he is buried, we shall by degrees forget all about this sad
+event, and we will therefore bury him as soon as we can. I propose that
+we should get the little cart, and and that we should put some boughs on
+it, and place Pecksy on the top of them, and draw him to a quiet part of
+the grounds, and that you should dig a grave. We will then put a
+tomb-stone, and I will write an epitaph to put on it. I have been
+thinking what I should write, and I have made up my mind to put simply,
+`Here lies Pecksy, the feathered friend of Fanny Vallery.' If I was to
+write when he died, or how he was killed, or anything of that sort, it
+might remind me of what I want to forget. Don't you think that will be
+very nice."
+
+"Oh yes," answered Norman, "I like your idea. I will dig the grave. I
+will go and ask the gardener to lend me a spade or a pickaxe, or a hoe
+or some tool to dig with, and we will set out at once."
+
+The children having formed the plan, at once carried it out. Norman ran
+off to the gardener and told him what he wanted.
+
+"A spade or a pickaxe is rather too much for you to handle, my laddie,"
+he answered, "but you shall have a hoe, which will be big enough to dig
+a little birdie's grave."
+
+Norman having obtained the tool hurried back with it to the yard, where
+he found Fanny, who had got the cart ready. The gardener understanding
+what they wanted cut a number of boughs, which placed across the cart
+formed in their opinion a very appropriate hearse.
+
+Fanny then went back and brought out poor little Pecksy, followed by
+Norman, who acted as chief mourner. The bird being placed in due form
+on its bier, they set forth, Fanny drawing the hearse, and Norman
+carrying the hoe over his shoulder. He looked and indeed felt very sad,
+while the tears dropped from Fanny's eyes. Still, perhaps, she was not
+very unhappy, she could scarcely have been so, with the consciousness
+that she had acted in a forgiving loving spirit, sorry as she was,
+however, to have lost her little bird.
+
+They soon reached the spot which Fanny had selected for the grave. It
+was by her granny's advice somewhat out of the way.
+
+"See, Norman," she observed, "it is better here than in a part of the
+garden we have often to pass, because we need not come here except
+perhaps by-and-by when we shall have ceased to think so much about poor
+little Pecksy."
+
+The trees grew thickly around the spot, but there was an open space of
+two or three feet. Here the ground being soft, Norman soon dug a grave.
+It was not very deep, nor long, nor wide, but quite large enough for
+the purpose.
+
+Having deposited the little bird in it, after Fanny had given one last
+glance at her pet, Norman covered it up. They then surrounded the grave
+with the boughs which had served for a bier, and having finished all
+they could then think of doing, they returned to the house.
+
+On their way they met the gardener, who had, at the request of their
+granny, prepared a smooth piece of hard wood. Fanny, thanking him, took
+it into the house, and as she was very neat-handed with her pen, she
+soon managed to write out the epitaph she proposed.
+
+With this they returned to the tiny grave, and set it up at one end.
+
+"We have one thing more to do though," she said, "come and help me to
+pick some wild-flowers--the smallest we can find."
+
+Having collected a number, she neatly formed a pretty little wreath.
+
+"The French, and other people I have read of, have the custom of placing
+wreaths of flowers on the tombs of their friends, and so that is why I
+thought of putting one on Pecksy's grave," she observed. "I might have
+picked some from the garden, but I think wild-flowers are more suited to
+the little bird."
+
+She stood gazing at the spot, after she had deposited the wreath for a
+minute or two.
+
+"There, we can do no more," she said, with a sigh, as she took Norman's
+hand. "We will go home now, and, O Norman, if you will try to be a good
+boy, and love me and everybody else, I shall not mind so much having
+lost dear little Pecksy."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER TEN.
+
+THE DREAM.
+
+Norman walked on by the side of his sister towards the house without
+speaking. Her heart was too full to say anything more. She found it,
+indeed, very difficult to forgive her brother from the bottom of her
+heart, and to love him notwithstanding all he had done.
+
+Norman little thought as he walked by her side how kindly she felt to
+him. He fancied that she was only thinking about her little dead bird,
+and mourning for its loss. He was ashamed to look up into her face, as
+he would have done, had his conscience not accused him--for although he
+tried to persuade himself that he had not intended actually to kill the
+bird, yet he well knew that he had harboured the thought day after day,
+and often as he murmured to himself, "I did not want to kill it," a
+voice said to him, "Norman, you know that you did want to kill it."
+
+How different was the expression in the countenance of the two children.
+Although both were handsome, that of Norman showed his irritable
+discontented disposition. By the time they reached the house Fanny had
+dried her tears, and hers exhibited the sweet gentle temper which
+animated her.
+
+As they got near the house they saw Mrs Leslie, who had come out into
+the garden. Fanny ran forward to meet her, and taking her hand said--
+
+"Dear granny it is all over, Norman is very sorry, so when papa comes
+this evening, I hope that he may not hear about my poor birdie, and that
+we shall both look smiling and happy."
+
+"I hope so, my dear, and I am very sure that neither your mamma nor Mrs
+Maclean will tell him of what has occurred."
+
+"Oh, I shall be so much obliged to them," answered Fanny, "it is what I
+have been dreading more than anything else, for I never saw Norman look
+so grieved for anything he has done."
+
+"That is a great step in the right direction, but he has still much to
+learn, and many faults to correct, and those faults he will not correct
+unless his heart is changed," answered Mrs Leslie.
+
+"O dear granny, that is what I have been praying it may be," said Fanny,
+"and you have often told me that God hears prayers even of weak little
+girls like me."
+
+"Yes, indeed, He does, and I trust that your prayers and mine, and your
+mamma's, will be answered in His good time. God accomplishes His ends
+as He judges best; and we must not despair, even if we do not see Norman
+behave as well as we could wish all at once."
+
+The subject of this conversation had been standing at some distance,
+with his head cast down, unwilling to approach his grandmamma, for he
+was afraid that he might receive another scolding, and was beginning to
+harden his heart to resist it.
+
+"Come here, my dear Norman," said Mrs Leslie. "You know how I love
+you, for you are my only little grandson, and how anxious I am that you
+should be good and happy, and prosper in this world. This makes me very
+glad to hear what Fanny has been telling me, my dear child. We will all
+pray, that you will be enabled to keep to your good resolutions, but you
+must also pray for yourself. Then remember, my dear child, that God's
+eye is upon you, that nothing you can think, or say, or do, is unknown
+to Him, that He is aware of every thought which enters your mind, that
+He sees even the most trifling thing you do, and hears every word you
+utter. He wishes you to be happy, and if you try to obey Him, He will
+enable you to be so. He is more loving than your papa or mamma, or your
+sister, or I can be."
+
+Norman listened attentively to all his grandmamma said. He might not
+clearly have understood every word, but he certainly did her meaning;
+and as she spoke so kindly and gently to him instead of scolding him, as
+he thought she would, he thought he would try to do as she wished him.
+
+The children were in their garden dresses; Norman's was much torn from
+his scramble through the woods. Fanny had on one which her mamma had
+brought from France, like that of a peasant girl, which was well suited
+for wandering about the hills and moors.
+
+After they had walked some time with their grandmamma, she desired them
+to go in and dress, that they might be ready to receive their papa.
+They were hurrying up to their rooms, when, as they passed the library
+door, which was open, Fanny caught sight of her little pet's cage still
+on the floor where she had left it.
+
+"Oh, it must not remain there! what shall we do with it?" she said, as
+she went in followed by Norman.
+
+The sight of the empty cage was more than she could bear. She took it
+up, and, looking at it for a moment, burst into tears. For some time
+she stood with her arm resting on the table, supporting her head in her
+hand.
+
+"I did not think I should feel so much for poor, dear, little Pecksy,"
+she said, trying to restrain her tears.
+
+Norman stood by crying also. He could now sympathise with his sweet
+sister; but a short time before he would have been inclined to laugh at
+her tears, and "I did it; I did it," he said to himself. "Oh, how cruel
+I was; I wish Mr Maclean had come at once, and heard all about it and
+beat me, I am sure I deserve it; and the little bird, instead of singing
+merrily in the cage, now lies in the black earth all by itself. Oh,
+what a cruel, naughty boy I have been!" Such thoughts passed through
+the mind of Norman though he did not speak them aloud. He rubbed his
+eyes with the back of his hands, and looked up sorrowfully at his
+sister.
+
+At last Fanny recovered herself.
+
+"I will carry the cage to granny," she said; "she will take care of it
+till we can return it to old Alec, for I could never bear to see another
+little bird in it."
+
+Fanny felt this at the moment, but, probably, she would in time have
+thought differently.
+
+She took the cage to her grandmamma's room.
+
+Norman stood outside while she went in.
+
+Mrs Leslie promised to do what she wished, and she then went and
+assisted Norman to dress. He made no resistance now, but let her wash
+his face and hands as thoroughly as she thought necessary; and he went
+and got his things and put them on himself, giving her as little trouble
+as possible.
+
+Fanny was rapid in all her movements, and never dawdled over her toilet,
+so that she was quickly ready.
+
+Norman on going into the hall met the laird, who had just come back from
+a long day's fishing excursion, with a basketful of fine trout.
+
+"Well, my laddie, I wish you had gone with me, for you would have seen
+some good sport," he observed. "I was sorry that you did not keep to
+your promise."
+
+"I will behave properly another time," answered Norman; "I know I was
+obstinate and naughty for not doing as you wished."
+
+"Well, laddie, I am glad to hear you say that, and I hope we shall have
+many a day's fishing together," was the answer.
+
+"Thank you, Mr Maclean," said Norman. "I want to try and do as I am
+told. If you had taken me with you I should not have killed Fanny's
+poor little bird."
+
+"What do you mean?" asked the laird.
+
+Then Norman told him all that had occurred, adding--
+
+"And I wish you would beat me, Mr Maclean, for I am sure I deserve it."
+
+"Boys only are whipped who are obstinate, and are not sorry for what
+they have done, and just to teach them right from wrong when they do not
+know it," answered the laird. "I am glad to see that you are sorry, and
+that you do know that you did wrong; so, laddie, I cannot oblige you,
+you see, unless Fanny asks me."
+
+"Oh, she will not ask you, for she has forgiven me, and is so kind, and
+wants to forget all about it," said Norman bursting into tears.
+
+"That is just like her, the sweet little creature," said the laird to
+himself, adding aloud, "If your sister has forgiven you, and you are
+sorry for what you have done, I have no reason to be angry or to whip
+you, so, my laddie, we will not talk of that any more. At the same
+time, I do not advise you to try and forget the matter, but just always
+think how kind your sister is, and try to please her, and be as kind to
+her as possible."
+
+While the laird retired to dress, Norman went into the drawing-room. No
+one was there. He did not know how to amuse himself. He wished that he
+could read; but he had not yet made sufficient progress to enable him to
+find any pleasure in a book. He hunted about for some of Fanny's
+picture-books, but she had taken them upstairs, with the exception of
+one which he did not care much about. For want of a better, however, he
+took it to the table, and, clambering into a high-backed chair which
+stood at it, tried to make out the meaning of the lines at the bottom of
+the page with the aid of the pictures.
+
+He had been more agitated during the day than usual, and he felt very
+weary. Gradually his head dropped down on his arms, which were resting
+on the table, and he fell fast asleep. Still he thought that he was
+broad awake. To his surprise he saw before him the bird-cage, which he
+was sure Fanny had taken up to granny's room, for he had seen her go in
+with it; but there it stood on the table directly before him. Presently
+he heard a chirping sound, just as the linnet used to sing, and looking
+up, there, growing out of nothing, was the branch of a tree, and several
+little birds exactly like Pecksy perched upon it, while many more were
+flying through the sky towards him, and evidently coming down to join
+the others. Instead of singing merrily, however, like little Pecksy,
+their voices had a croaking angry sound. By degrees the voices changed
+from the notes of birds into those of human beings.
+
+"Naughty, naughty boy!" said a voice which seemed to come from behind,
+"why did you kill Pecksy?"
+
+Norman looked round. There, at the back of his chair he saw perched a
+bird which nodded its head up and down, and glared at him with its
+bright little eyes. He was too much frightened to reply; indeed, he had
+nothing to say for himself.
+
+"You will not answer, then I must answer for you," said the voice, which
+evidently came from the bird, and though it spoke like a human being,
+yet it had the sound of a bird's notes, only much louder and shriller
+than any bird he had ever heard.
+
+"You know that you were angry with little Robby, and jealous of your
+sweet sister, and that when old Alec gave her our little brother you
+resolved to kill it on the first opportunity. You thought of doing that
+cruel deed not only then, but day after day, and you watched for an
+opportunity. The opportunity came, and when you let the heavy book fall
+down on the poor little innocent creature, you knew perfectly well that
+it must kill him, if it did not press him as flat as a pancake. We will
+not forget what you have done, Master Norman Vallery. When you come
+into the garden we will not sing to you sweetly, but we will croak at
+you like so many crows, and call you `Naughty, naughty boy!' When you
+run away we will follow you, for we can fly faster than you can run, and
+we will perch on the branches round you, and croak out, `Naughty,
+naughty boy!' When you run on still farther to get away from us, we
+will fly on either side of you, and will croak out, `Naughty, naughty
+boy!'"
+
+"Oh, do not, do not, please do not!" murmured Norman, though he spoke so
+low that he did not think the bird could hear him. "I will try not to
+be jealous of Fanny, or to be angry with her or anybody else."
+
+"We do not trust you," said the bird on the back of his chair.
+
+"We won't trust you," echoed the others, perched on the branch. "We
+shall do as we have said; you will find that we can keep our promise,
+though you are ready enough to break yours. Who killed cock robin, who
+killed cock robin, who killed cock robin?" sang the birds in chorus.
+"That little boy there, with his head on the table!" answered the bird
+at the back of his chair. "But he did not do it with a bow and arrow,
+he did it with a big heavy book, and it was not cock robin he killed,
+but our dear little brother Pecksy, the naughty, naughty boy!"
+
+"Oh, I am so sorry!" groaned Norman. "You are right, I own that you are
+right, but do not scold me any more."
+
+"We shall see how you behave yourself. If you are a good boy we may
+relent, but if not, when you go into the woods, instead of singing
+sweetly as we do to your sister, and trying our best to give her
+pleasure, we will keep our promise, and croak in your ears, `Naughty,
+naughty boy!'"
+
+Norman tried to cry out, to ask the birds not to be so angry with him.
+Just then he heard another voice saying--
+
+"My dear Norman, you are sleeping very uncomfortably with your head on
+the table, let me put you on the sofa. Your papa will soon be here, and
+after a little rest you will look fresh and ready to receive him."
+
+Norman lifted up his head and saw his mamma leaning over him.
+
+The cage was gone, and the branch with all the birds on it had
+disappeared. He looked round, expecting to see the angry little bird at
+the back of his chair, but that had gone also, and he found, greatly to
+his relief, that he had been dreaming.
+
+He told his mamma what he had seen.
+
+"It was all your fancy, Norman," she answered, "you were over-excited
+and tired. I will sit by you and take care that the birds do not come
+back again."
+
+His mamma placed him on the sofa and sat down by his side.
+
+Norman was very soon again fast asleep, but the birds did not return, he
+only heard Fanny's sweet voice telling him how much she loved him, and
+wished to forgive him all the harm he had done. He awoke much refreshed
+and happier than he had been for a long time.
+
+"Here is papa! here is Captain Vallery!" he heard several voices
+exclaim.
+
+Directly afterwards Captain Vallery entered the drawing-room with his
+mamma and Fanny who had run out to meet him. Norman jumped up from the
+sofa.
+
+"Why, my dear boy, you look rosy and well and fat, as if the Highland
+air agreed with you," said his papa, stooping down and kissing him.
+"Why mamma, how grown he is. You will soon be a big boy, and able to
+play at cricket and football, and fish and shoot."
+
+"I can answer for it that he will soon be able to fish if he follows my
+directions," observed the laird. "He already has some notion of
+throwing a fly, and I hope in the course of a year or two that he will
+turn out a good fisher."
+
+"I hope he will turn out a good boy," observed Mrs Leslie, "for that is
+of more consequence, and I trust that he will become some day all we can
+desire."
+
+"No fear of that, granny, I hope," observed Captain Vallery; "Norman is
+my son, and I intend that my son shall become a first-rate fellow."
+
+Norman felt proud of hearing his father speak of him in that way. At
+the same time he was afraid that somehow or other he might hear of his
+misdeeds, and be inclined to change his opinion. If his grandmamma and
+Fanny did not say what he had done, his mamma might, or Mrs Maclean, or
+the laird, or perhaps some of the servants, for he had never taken any
+pains to ingratiate himself with them.
+
+This prevented him from feeling as happy as he otherwise might have
+been.
+
+The laird insisted that the children should come down to dessert.
+
+In consequence of their papa's arrival, dinner was much later than
+usual.
+
+Fanny would only accept a little fruit and a small cake, but Norman, who
+was hungry, and liked good things, eagerly gobbled up as many cakes and
+as much fruit as the laird, near whom he sat, offered him. When he had
+finished, without asking anybody's leave, he put out his hand and helped
+himself to a peach which was in a plate temptingly near. Having
+finished it, he looked towards the dish of cakes which was at a little
+distance.
+
+"I should like some of those, now," he said, pointing at them.
+
+"Ye are a braw laddie, ye tak' your meat," observed the laird. "Pray,
+Mrs Vallery, hand me the cakes."
+
+His mamma made signs to Norman that he should not have asked for them,
+but he did not attend to her, and when the laird handed him the dish he
+helped himself to several, and began to eat them up quickly, fearing
+that they might be taken from him.
+
+"My dear, you will make that child ill," observed Mrs Maclean,
+addressing her husband from the other end of the table.
+
+Norman looked round very indignantly at her, and helped himself again.
+
+Mrs Maclean had from the first perceived that Norman was allowed to
+have too much of his own way. He had discovered this, and was inclined
+to consider her as his personal enemy. Not content with what he had
+already obtained, as soon as he had emptied his plate, he helped himself
+to another cake or two from the plate which the laird had left near him.
+Mrs Maclean shook her head, and looked at Mrs Leslie.
+
+"Norman, you really must not eat so much," said his grandmamma.
+
+"I am not eating much," he answered in an angry tone, forgetting his
+good resolutions. "You all have had dinner, and it's very hard that I
+should be told I must not eat when I am hungry."
+
+The laird, who was amused at the remark, laughed heartily. "You follow
+the example of the renowned Captain Dalgetty, and lay in a store when
+you have the opportunity."
+
+"Captain Dalgetty was an old soldier of fortune, and never knew when he
+might next find a meal, and Norman is a little boy, and is very sure to
+have a sufficient breakfast to-morrow morning," observed Mrs Leslie,
+"so pray Mr Maclean, do not let him have any more dessert."
+
+"Mr Maclean is very kind, and you are all very ill-natured," exclaimed
+Norman angrily.
+
+"Then it is time we should leave the table and carry you along with us,
+young gentleman," exclaimed Mrs Maclean, rising.
+
+Norman was now thoroughly out of temper, and in contempt of his granny,
+who sat opposite to him, he seized another cake, which he crammed into
+his mouth. His grandmamma again shook her head at him, and then rising,
+came round to take him from his chair.
+
+"Wish Mr Maclean good-night, and go and kiss your papa," she said, "for
+it is time for you to go to bed, I am sure."
+
+Norman did not wish to leave the table as long as he could get anything
+on it, and obstinately kept his seat.
+
+Fanny felt very much vexed at seeing him behave in this way, and hurried
+up to assist her granny, not supposing for a moment that he would still
+refuse to go.
+
+He held on to the table, and she had some difficulty in dragging him
+away. Forgetting all her loving-kindness in the morning, as she
+attempted to pull him away, he struck out at her with his little fists,
+and hit her a severe blow on the face. She endeavoured not to cry out,
+or to show any one what he had done, for indeed she felt more pain on
+his account than on her own. The laird, who had gone to open the door,
+did not see what had occurred.
+
+"Let me go that I may wish papa good-night," said Norman, tearing
+himself away from Fanny, and running towards Captain Vallery.
+
+"Good-night, my boy," said his papa, who also had not observed his
+ill-behaviour. "When I unpack my portmanteau I hope to find some things
+for you and Fanny. You shall see them to-morrow morning."
+
+"Cannot you let me have them to-night? I hope you have got something I
+like," said Norman, without any thought of thanking his papa for his
+kindness.
+
+"I am afraid you must wait till to-morrow," answered Captain Vallery,
+not rebuking him. "I have not had time to unpack my portmanteau, so you
+must have patience."
+
+"I want the things now," said Norman; "everybody is trying to vex me."
+
+"Go to bed, you are tired," said Captain Vallery soothingly. "Here,
+Fanny come and take the poor child off, I see that he has been sitting
+up too long."
+
+Norman, indeed, looked flushed and ill, and Fanny hoped that after a
+night's rest, he would recollect his promise to try and behave well.
+Though he still resisted, she managed to lead him from the room.
+
+"Leave me alone, Fanny," he exclaimed, as soon as they reached the
+drawing-room. "I don't want to go to bed, I had some sleep this
+afternoon, I have as much right to sit up as anybody else has," and
+again he struck out at her.
+
+"My dear Norman, have you already forgotten the promises you made to be
+a good boy?" she said gently. "Oh, do try and restrain your temper."
+
+"I did not say I would be good, if people were ill-natured to me, and
+granny and Mrs Maclean wanted to stop me from having dessert, and I
+should have liked some more, and the laird would have given it me, if it
+had not been for them," he answered petulantly. "I never liked old
+women, and I do not like them now."
+
+"Hush, hush, Norman," cried Fanny horrified, and fearing that they might
+overhear him. "Do go to bed quietly, and I will come and help you if
+mamma will let me."
+
+Mrs Vallery who had come from the farther end of the room, observing
+that Norman looked flushed and angry, although she had not heard what he
+had said, thought it advisable without further delay to carry him off to
+bed. He resisted, however, and said he was not sleepy and would not go.
+
+Mrs Maclean now came to his mamma's assistance. She had no notion of a
+little boy behaving as Norman was doing. "Hoity, toity, young
+gentleman, I cannot have you treat your mamma in this way in my house,
+so come along this instant, and do not let me hear another word from
+you."
+
+Norman looked very angry at Mrs Maclean, but he obeyed her, for he had
+sense enough left to know that he had better do as she bid him, for fear
+she should tell his papa how he had treated Fanny's bird.
+
+Alas! all his good resolutions had been scattered to the winds. He now,
+however, went quietly enough with his mamma. When he got to his room,
+he gave her as much trouble as he could, and declared that he was too
+sleepy to say his prayers, though just before he had been asserting that
+he was not at all sleepy, and did not wish to go to bed. She, in vain,
+begged him to do so, and had at last, as she often had before done, to
+kneel down by his bedside and pray for him. He turned his face away
+from her, when she bade him good-night, and only mumbled a reply. There
+are, I am afraid, many more little boys like Norman, who do not regret
+how much pain they give those who love them best.
+
+Poor Fanny was especially grieved. She had flattered herself that happy
+days were coming, when Norman would be gentle and obliging, and all she
+could wish, and now he appeared to be as naughty as ever.
+
+I do not know whether the little birds again visited him in his dreams,
+and croaked and scolded him, and told him that he was a very, very
+naughty boy, but I am very certain that his dreams could not have been
+pleasant.
+
+Fanny had another cause for regret, when she looked up at the spot where
+the cage with her little favourite in it used to hang, and no cage was
+there. Had Norman continued to show that he was sorry, and was really
+going to behave better, she would not she thought have felt her loss so
+much. As soon as she was up in the morning, she went in as usual to
+help her brother, who though he declared that he could dress himself,
+never managed to do so properly. He appeared to be in a better temper
+than on the previous evening.
+
+"Good morning, Fanny," he said, jumping up. "I won't keep you long, for
+I want to get downstairs as soon as possible to see the things papa has
+brought us. I wonder what they are."
+
+"I am sure they are what we shall like," said Fanny, "though I did not
+know that he had brought anything."
+
+"He has brought me something at all events," said Norman, "for he told
+me so, and I hope that he will bring them, when he comes downstairs, or
+perhaps he would give them to me if I went to his room."
+
+"Pray, don't do that," said Fanny. "It will appear as if you were more
+eager to learn what he has brought than to see him, and he may not have
+time before breakfast to unpack his large portmanteau."
+
+Norman felt vexed that his sister should give him this advice, and
+somewhat unwillingly accompanied her downstairs.
+
+Mrs Maclean, who was in the breakfast-room, received Fanny in her
+usually affectionate way.
+
+"Good-morrow to you, young gentleman; I hope you have slept yourself
+into a pleasanter humour than you went to bed with," she said, as she
+held out her hand, and made him a formal curtsey.
+
+Norman did not like her salutation, but the awe he felt for her,
+prevented him from making a rude answer which rose to his lips.
+
+"I hope Norman will be a good boy to-day, Mrs Maclean," said Fanny,
+wishing to apologise for him. "He was tired last night, and did not
+know exactly what he was about."
+
+"But little boys should know what they are about," observed the lady.
+"However, we will hope for the best, and I shall be glad to see him eat
+his porridge with an appetite."
+
+"Are you prepared, Fanny, for an excursion to-day? We have been asked
+to join some friends in a picnic at Glen Corpach, and as there are
+several young people among the families who have promised to come, you
+will have companions of your own age."
+
+"I shall be delighted. What a lovely day for it too," exclaimed Fanny,
+"and I am sure Norman will like it very much."
+
+Norman wondered what a picnic could mean.
+
+"Is there to be fun of any sort? What are we to do?" he asked.
+
+"My idea of a picnic," answered Fanny, "is, that people collect at a
+beautiful spot, and bring pies and chickens and all sorts of things to
+eat, and spread them out on a table-cloth on the grass; and sit round it
+on the ground, and talk merrily, and laugh; and that some facetious old
+gentleman makes a funny speech; and songs are sung; and that here in
+Scotland there is a bag-piper; and that people get up and dance, and the
+young ladies have their sketch-books, and when tired of dancing make
+sketches and ramble about among the rocks. That then a gipsy-fire is
+lighted, and tea is made, and that after that, perhaps there is more
+dancing. At last the time comes for people to start, and they all drive
+home again. I went with granny to a picnic like that last year, and she
+enjoyed it very much, and I am sure I did."
+
+"You have given a very good description of what, I daresay, our proposed
+picnic will be like," said Mrs Maclean; "and I hope you will enjoy it
+as much as you did yours last year. I have no doubt there will be a
+piper, and, perhaps, two or three, and that they will do their best to
+make the hills resound with their music."
+
+"I think it will be very stupid if we do nothing else than that," said
+Norman. "It might be better if we could shoot or fish, or if there is a
+boat in which the other boys and I can row about."
+
+"I daresay our friends will try to find amusement for you little boys as
+well as for the older persons of the party, though, if you wish it, we
+might possibly make arrangements to leave you behind," observed Mrs
+Maclean.
+
+"No, no, I should not like that," answered Norman, shaking his head. "I
+will go to see what is done."
+
+Mrs Maclean smiled at the young gentleman's answer.
+
+The rest of the party soon entered the breakfast-room. Captain Vallery
+came last. Fanny jumped up to throw her arms round his neck and kiss
+him; but Norman did not leave his seat; he had been looking out for the
+presents of which his papa had spoken. He was much disappointed when he
+saw him deposit two small parcels on the sideboard.
+
+"We will look at them after prayers," he observed.
+
+Mr Maclean kept to the good custom of having all the servants in to
+morning prayers, and reading to them from God's Word. Norman attended
+very little to what was said, as he was wondering all the time what
+could be in the parcels.
+
+"I wish they had been bigger," he thought, "for I am afraid papa has,
+after all, brought some stupid little things which I shall not care
+about, and perhaps Fanny's will be better than mine."
+
+The patience of Norman was still further to be tried, for his papa, who
+was hungry, forgot all about the presents, and took his seat with the
+rest of the party at the breakfast table.
+
+"Come, my boy, eat your porridge, or it will begetting cold," said Mr
+Maclean, lifting Norman into the air, and placing him down in the chair
+as if he had been a little baby.
+
+Norman felt indignant, as he liked to be treated as a big boy. He was,
+however, in spite of his curiosity, glad to swallow his porridge, and to
+eat some bacon, with a slice or two of bread and preserves, which Mr
+Maclean placed in succession upon his plate.
+
+At last he could no longer restrain his anxiety to know what his papa
+had brought. Fanny also thought she should like to know, but had
+refrained from saying anything.
+
+"What have you brought for us there?" he asked at length, pointing
+towards them.
+
+"You may bring them and we will see," answered his papa.
+
+Norman jumped up, and, seizing the parcels, began tearing them open.
+
+"Stop, stop!" cried his grandmamma, who observed him. "You do not know
+which is for you; and your papa told you to bring them."
+
+Norman paid but little attention to what Mrs Leslie said, and had
+almost torn one of them open before his papa took them.
+
+"We must look at the one for Fanny first, as she is a young lady,"
+observed Captain Vallery, feeling the parcels, and undoing one, he
+presented Fanny with a box which had a glass top, and inside of it was a
+white swan with three gaily-coloured fish.
+
+"If we had a basin of water we should be able to make the swan and fish
+swim about," said Captain Vallery; "I never saw anything of the sort
+before, and was sure Fanny would like it."
+
+Now Fanny had not only seen but possessed a magnetic toy similar to the
+one her papa had brought her. She had, however, given it away to a
+young friend who had expressed a wish to possess it; and Fanny had
+assured her that she found no great amusement in it herself.
+
+Mrs Leslie, too, knew this, and was pleased to see the affectionate way
+in which Fanny thanked her papa. Fanny, though she did not care for the
+gift herself, was grateful to him for having brought it to her, and she
+thought that it would, at all events, amuse Norman, who had never seen
+anything of the sort. She therefore gladly jumped down to ring the bell
+that the servant might bring a dish of water for the swan and fish to
+swim in, and to be attracted by the magnet, which she found carefully
+wrapped up at the bottom of the box. She looked forward with pleasure
+to the surprise her brother would exhibit at seeing the fish and swan
+come at her call.
+
+Norman, who was in the meantime fumbling away at the other parcel, eyed
+her toy with a feeling very like that which had entered his heart when
+she had her beautiful doll given to her. His parcel felt soft, he
+feared that it was of very little value, and he wondered what it could
+possibly be. At last the paper was torn off.
+
+"Why, it's only the skin of an old football without any wind in it!" he
+exclaimed in a disappointed tone.
+
+"It is a new football, and we can soon put wind in it," observed his
+papa, laughing at what he thought his son's wit; and taking it from
+Norman, he put the part with the hole to his mouth and began to blow and
+blow till gradually the ball swelled out to its full size. Norman
+looked on wonderingly all the time. Then Captain Vallery fastened a
+piece of string round the neck of the bladder into which he had been
+blowing, and tightly laced up the leathern covering.
+
+"There my boy," he exclaimed, "you have a brand new football which you
+may kick from John o' Groat's house to the Land's End without its being
+much the worse for its journey, only you must not treat it as you did
+the last."
+
+Norman ran after the ball, which his papa rolled to the other end of the
+room. The pleasure he might have felt at obtaining it was taken away by
+his hearing Captain Vallery tell the laird how he had cut open his other
+ball to look for the wind in it, at which the laird laughed heartily,
+declaring that he was a true philosopher and would some day become the
+Principal of the University of Aberdeen or Saint Andrews.
+
+The servant coming in with the dish, Norman left his ball to see the
+swan and fish come at Fanny's call to be fed. She managed very
+cleverly, by holding a piece of bread over the magnet. Norman looked
+on, wondering what could make the creatures come when Fanny called them,
+and half believing that they must be alive. Then he thought how much he
+should like to have them if they would come to him as readily as they
+did to Fanny.
+
+"Let me try them, Fanny," he said eagerly; "I am sure if I call them
+they will swim across the dish to me. Mamma give me a piece of bread."
+
+Norman held it to the side of the dish. Neither the swan nor the fish
+moved; then he threw some crumbs towards them, but they had no greater
+effect. He began to grow angry.
+
+"I do not see why they should come more to you than to me," he said
+grumpily.
+
+Fanny then let him see that she held something in her hand.
+
+"What is that?" he asked.
+
+"That is my magic wand?" she answered laughing. "Perhaps if you take it
+you will find that the creatures come towards you."
+
+Norman snatched it from her. The swan was at this time near him. What
+was his astonishment on presenting the rod, to see the swan swim away
+from him instead of coming near, and when he tried the fish they did the
+same.
+
+"You see they are not so tame to you as they are to me?" said Fanny
+laughing.
+
+Norman had presented the reverse end of the magnet, which, of course,
+sent them away from him. Again he tried to attract the fish and swan.
+
+"Let me try again!" said Fanny, "if I look angrily at them they will go
+away from me as they did from you." She also presented the reverse end
+of the magnet, trying to frown, though she had some difficulty in
+bringing her smiling countenance to do so. "Now I will look kindly at
+them, and call them, and you will see that they will come to me;" and
+she presented the right end of the magnet, when all the creatures came
+up to the side of the dish near which she stood.
+
+She now gave it back to Norman, and though he did not look as amiable as
+she did, he burst into a laugh when he saw the creatures coming towards
+him.
+
+"I wish papa had brought me something like that," he said. "There is
+some fun in it."
+
+"You shall play with it as much as you like, Norman," said Fanny. "As
+it is papa's present I cannot give it you, but you can amuse yourself
+with it as much as if it was yours."
+
+This promise for the moment put Norman into better humour, though he
+still wished that he had the toy all to himself, while he left his
+football neglected on the ground.
+
+The rest of the party went to get ready for their excursion, but he
+could not leave Fanny's toy. When she came back dressed, she found him
+at the side-table, where the servant had placed the dish.
+
+"I will give you my football for this, for I want it all to myself."
+
+"I am sorry to hear you say that," answered Fanny; "I told you that I
+could not give away papa's present, and the football is not suited to a
+little girl like me."
+
+"You are an ill-natured thing," exclaimed Norman, petulantly. "You will
+never do what I want."
+
+Fanny smiled, though she felt inclined to be vexed at this false
+accusation.
+
+"We must at all events put the things up now," she said, "for mamma has
+sent me to tell you to come and get ready."
+
+"I will not get ready, I do not want to go to the picnic," said Norman.
+
+"But you must come," said Fanny taking hold of his arm, "mamma wishes
+it."
+
+Norman resisted, and, intending to seize the table, caught the dish
+instead, and pulled it to the ground, splashing himself over and
+breaking the dish.
+
+"Oh what have you done?" cried Fanny.
+
+"It was all your fault," said Norman. "If you had let me alone it would
+not have happened."
+
+Fanny did feel very angry with him. What she might have done, it is
+difficult to say, had not Mrs Maclean entered the room.
+
+"I can understand how it happened, and whose fault it was," she
+observed. "Do not mind the broken dish, dear Fanny, I will send for the
+servant to take it away, and do you, young gentleman, go and get ready
+to accompany your mamma."
+
+Norman, who on seeing Mrs Maclean enter, fully expected to be punished,
+thought her kinder than he had supposed, and felt more inclined to like
+her than before. He accompanied Fanny without saying a word, and made
+no opposition when getting ready for the excursion.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER ELEVEN.
+
+THE PICNIC.
+
+There were two small open carriages prepared for the expedition. The
+laird drove Mrs Maclean and Mrs Leslie in one, and Captain Vallery
+took charge of his wife and children in the other.
+
+After driving some way along the road, leaving the loch behind them they
+mounted a hill, and to Fanny's surprise, she found that they were close
+to Alec Morrison's cottage. The laird called him out.
+
+"We are going to Glen Corpach, and as I am not sure whether we shall
+find any one to row the boat there, I wish you would come with us."
+
+Alec said he could not leave Robby.
+
+"Bring him, then," said the laird. "You get up by the side of me, and
+Robby can go in the other carriage with the children."
+
+They stopped a few minutes while his grandfather helped Robby to put on
+his best clothes. His toilet was quickly finished, and Alec lifted him
+into the carriage with the children.
+
+Fanny was very glad to see him, but Norman looked at him askance, as if
+he was an intruder, and was afraid besides that he would ask after the
+little bird. Fanny also was afraid that he might do so, and she was
+very unwilling to have to tell him that it was dead. She therefore
+talked to him about as many things as she could think of. She asked him
+how Lory was, and if he had ever been in a carriage before? Robby
+answered that Lory was very well, and that he had once been in a
+carrier's cart, but that it did not move as fast as they were going, and
+seemed highly delighted with the drive. The question both the children
+dreaded came at last.
+
+"Don't be teasing us by your questions, you stupid little fellow," said
+Norman hastily, "I wonder you are not ashamed of your impudence."
+
+Poor little Robby looked much abashed at this rebuke.
+
+"I only asked after the young lady's bird," he said.
+
+"Hold your tongue, you little monkey," cried Norman, giving him a kick,
+"that's just what I don't choose you should talk about."
+
+"Norman you should not treat Robby so," said Fanny becoming indignant.
+"I am sorry to say, Robby, that the little birdie is dead. We did not
+behave as kindly to it as you would have done."
+
+"Oh dear! oh dear! how did it die?" asked Robby.
+
+"Hold your tongue, I say," cried Norman giving him another kick, which
+made Robby cry.
+
+This attracted the attention of Mrs Vallery who was seated in front
+with her husband.
+
+"What is the matter, children?" she asked, looking round.
+
+"Nothing at all, mamma, only the stupid child chooses to cry," answered
+Norman. "Keep quiet you tiresome little brat."
+
+"Oh, mamma, will you take Norman in front with you? He has hurt Robby,"
+said Fanny.
+
+"I won't go," answered Norman, "I like to stay where I am. You may take
+the brat with you if you like, mamma."
+
+"There is scarcely room for any one," said Mrs Vallery. "And I must
+beg you children to be quiet. Fanny, you can keep them from
+quarrelling, I should hope."
+
+Poor Fanny would willingly have done so, for Norman was doing his best
+to spoil the pleasure of her drive. She took Robby to sit beside her,
+where Norman could not reach him without kicking her. He having vented
+his anger, now remained quiet, only occasionally giving an angry look at
+the poor little orphan.
+
+Soon having crossed the level heath, they entered a narrow glen between
+the mountains, which rose up on either side of them, here and there
+covered with wood; in other places the cliffs were almost perpendicular,
+while a stream rushed foaming and sparkling over its rocky sides close
+to the road. As they advanced, the scenery became more wild and
+picturesque. Fanny admired it much, for she had never been in so
+romantic a country. Now they went up the steep side of a hill, from the
+top of which could be seen range beyond range of mountains, with deep
+valleys, patches of forest, wild rocks, and a narrow sheet of water
+which shone in the bright sunlight, while here and there could be
+distinguished a thin silvery line descending from a mountain height, and
+winding along at the bottom of a valley.
+
+"We are not far from Glen Corpach," shouted the laird, "and I see some
+of our friends are making their way towards it."
+
+He pointed to some patches which Fanny thought looked like ants, with a
+black beetle in front of them, winding down the mountain.
+
+Descending by a steep road, which compelled the laird and Captain
+Vallery to put on their drags to prevent the carriages going down faster
+than would have been pleasant, they found themselves by the side of a
+narrow loch enclosed by mountains. They soon after, rounding a lofty
+cliff, arrived at the entrance of the glen which they had come to visit.
+
+On the shore of the loch was a small cottage where they found the cart
+with the servants and provisions. They descended from the carriages,
+and were joined by several of the laird's friends, who had arrived
+before them. Fanny was pleased to find, as had been promised, some
+companions of her own age, and several boys rather older than her
+brother.
+
+"I can get on very well with them," thought Norman, as he eyed them.
+"They will be more fit companions than that stupid little Robby."
+
+The party proceeded up the glen by the margin of a narrow deep stream.
+So close were the two sides of the glen that the branches of the trees
+which grew on them appeared almost to join overhead, and formed a thick
+shade.
+
+After proceeding some way, the glen again opened out, and they found
+that they had reached the end of another loch, which extended as far as
+the eye could reach, while their ears were saluted by the rushing and
+roaring sound of a cataract which came from the heights above them, and
+fell dashing and splashing over the rocks, now concealed by the thick
+foliage now appearing full in view.
+
+Stopping to admire the romantic scene--the calm loch, the murmuring
+stream, the roaring waterfall, the wild rocks with trees growing amidst
+them, and the lofty hills rising in many varied shapes on every side,
+still higher peaks towering to the sky, the party began to ascend a path
+which led to the spot where the picnic was to be held. It was a green
+knoll on the mountain side, close to which an off-shoot of the great
+waterfall bubbled and sparkled by, while the trees which grew on one
+side afforded a sufficient shade from the sun's rays. The number of
+rocks which had fallen from the mountains above supplied seats of every
+shape, to suit the taste of those who chose to occupy them.
+
+From the knoll a still better view than below, of the waterfall and the
+surrounding scenery, was obtained, and everybody agreed that it was the
+most perfect place for a picnic imaginable. Fanny and her young friends
+were delighted, and while the servants brought up the hampers, and some
+of the party were spreading the cloth, they employed themselves in
+conveying jugs of water from the bright stream which flowed by.
+
+As many of the party had come from a considerable distance, it was
+settled that dinner should be the first thing attended to, though some
+of the young ladies directly after their arrival had got out their
+sketch-books, and would have preferred finishing their sketches first.
+Fanny, who had observed the rapid way in which they conveyed the scenery
+to their paper, wished that she could sketch also. Her granny promised
+that she should have lessons as soon as she returned home.
+
+"Oh, how much I shall like it, and I think I shall remember this scene
+so well that I shall be able to put it down on paper as soon as I have
+learned to draw," she exclaimed.
+
+One of the young ladies lent her a book. To her surprise, by following
+the guidance of her instructress, she found that she could already make
+a sketch which would remind her of the scene.
+
+The picnic dinner was exactly as Fanny had expected it to be. There was
+the facetious old gentleman--a neighbouring laird noted for his jokes,--
+and he did not fail to keep the company in fits of laughter, and there
+were young ladies and young gentlemen and middle-aged gentlemen, who
+told stories and sang songs.
+
+The laird of Glen Tulloch had in the meantime despatched Alec Morrison
+to bring down a boat which was kept further up the loch, that those of
+the party who wished it might enjoy a row.
+
+Norman and his young friends after eating as many of the good things as
+they wanted, not caring for the jokes or the conversation, strolled away
+to enjoy a scramble among the rocks. They were not observed, or they
+would have been warned of the danger they were running.
+
+Little Robby had been waiting patiently to obtain his share of the feast
+with the servants. When he saw them go, he followed, for he had been
+told by his grandfather to take care and not get among the slippery
+rocks. Young as he was, it occurred to him that if it would be
+dangerous for him, it would be equally so for the young gentlemen.
+
+"What are you coming after us for, you little brat?" exclaimed Norman,
+as turning round he caught sight of Robby. "Go back and stay with the
+servants."
+
+"Please, grandfather said any one going climbing among those rocks,
+would run the chance of slipping and being carried into the loch,"
+answered Robby, not feeling angry at the rude way Norman had spoken to
+him.
+
+"What is it to me what your grandfather says?" answered Norman, who
+wished to show his independence before his older companions. "Don't you
+be coming after us, we don't want your company."
+
+"We had better take care where we go, though," observed one of the boys,
+who was wiser than the rest.
+
+"It would be an ugly thing to tumble into that boiling stream, and be
+carried off to the loch."
+
+"Oh, nonsense," exclaimed Norman, "I am not afraid, I am going to shoot
+tigers when I go back to India. I shall have to go into wild places to
+get at them. I have a fancy for climbing up those rocks to see how high
+I can get. Who will follow?"
+
+"Oh, do not go, do not go, young gentleman," cried Robby, who saw the
+danger they were running. "You may slip and break your legs, or be
+drowned if you fall into the water."
+
+The boys disregarded his warnings, and Norman eager to show his bravery
+began to climb the rocks. They made one ascent, and perhaps influenced
+by Robby's warning, took sufficient care to escape an accident, and all
+descended again in safety very nearly to the edge of the loch.
+
+"He did not do any great thing after all," observed one of the boys. "I
+thought, Vallery, you were going up to the top."
+
+"So I will, if you will follow me," answered Norman.
+
+"You will be frightened, before you are half way up," cried another.
+
+"You dare not do it," said a third.
+
+"Big as you all are, I will dare anything you can do," exclaimed Norman
+proudly, and he began to reascend the rocks.
+
+"Oh, pray do not," cried Robby, who notwithstanding the order he had
+received to be off, still kept near. "You will be tumbling down, I know
+you will."
+
+The other boys followed Norman, most of them keeping in a safer
+direction away from the waterfall.
+
+Robby was running off to call some of the servants, who might he thought
+stop the young gentlemen better than he could, when at that instant he
+saw his grandfather pulling down the loch and close to the mouth of the
+stream formed by the waterfall. Just as he was beckoning to him to make
+haste that he might land and stop the boys, he heard a cry, and saw
+Norman slipping down the side of a smooth rock wet with the spray of the
+waterfall. In vain he shouted to him to hold on to any thing he could
+grasp. Norman shrieked out with terror, but the sound of the cascade
+prevented any one but his boyish companions from hearing his words.
+Horror-struck, they could do nothing to help him. Robby ran up along
+the stream, but was stopped by the roughness of the ground.
+
+Norman though clinging to a few tufts of grass or small shrubs was
+unable to regain a footing. He slipped down lower and lower, till he
+fell with a plunge into the stream. The water was sufficiently deep to
+prevent him from being hurt by the fall, but the current was strong, and
+though his head was above the surface, he was unable to resist it, and
+carried off his legs was borne down the stream.
+
+Robby had a handkerchief tied in a sailor's knot round his neck, and as
+Norman passed close to the bank, he threw the end to him. Norman
+grasped it, and held on tightly while Robby kept a firm hold of the
+other end. But Robby was small, and the stream bore Norman onward. As
+long as he could, Robby scrambled along the bank, thus keeping Norman
+above water.
+
+The other boys hurried down the rocks to assist him, but just before the
+foremost got up to where he was, Robby lost his balance, and falling
+into the water he and Norman were carried down the stream together.
+
+Old Alec had seen the boys and heard their cries, and guessing that
+something was wrong, happily at that moment shoved his boat up the mouth
+of the stream as far as she could go. To throw his grapnel to the shore
+and to spring overboard was the work of an instant, directly he saw the
+two young boys floating down towards him. He had them safe in his arms
+before either of them had lost consciousness, and placing them in the
+boat he rowed as fast, as he could to the landing-place below the spot
+where the picnic party were still seated. They, alarmed by the cries of
+the other boys, one of whom shouted out in his terror that little
+Vallery was being drowned, started to their feet.
+
+Alec's loud voice which reached them, as he hailed in sailor fashion,
+"They are here all safe," somewhat reassured them.
+
+Captain Vallery and Mrs Maclean, were the first to get to the boat.
+They were followed by Fanny and her mamma.
+
+Norman was quickly lifted out of the boat by his papa, who was not till
+then satisfied that he was really alive. He was at once carried up to
+the knoll, where a fire had just been lighted. The laird came up
+directly afterwards with little Robby in his arms, having gleaned from
+Alec and the other boys exactly what had happened.
+
+"I find, Vallery, that your son owes his life to this little fellow, for
+had it not been for his judgment and courage, he would have been carried
+into the loch, before Alec Morrison could have come up to save him," he
+exclaimed. Captain and Mrs Vallery expressed their gratitude, and as
+may be supposed, everybody praised little Robby's bravery.
+
+Meantime the boys' wet clothes were stripped off, and they were wrapped
+up in warm shawls supplied by the ladies. Fanny knelt by her brother's
+side, almost overcome with her agitation; indeed he was evidently
+suffering as much from alarm, perhaps, as from the sudden plunge into
+the cold water.
+
+As none of the Glen Tulloch party could longer enjoy the picnic, a
+servant was sent on to get their carriages ready, while Captain Vallery
+carrying Norman, and old Alec his little grandson, they proceeded down
+the glen that they might get home as soon as possible. The other boys,
+as may be supposed, wisely amused themselves on safe ground, and it is
+to be hoped they were properly thankful that they had been preserved
+from an accident by which their young friend had so nearly lost his
+life.
+
+Mrs Vallery took her seat in the hinder part of the carriage, and kept
+Norman in her arms, anxiously watching his face, now flushed, now pale,
+while the two elder ladies insisted on taking care of little Robby. He,
+however, appeared to be not all the worse for his wetting. He could not
+help now and then expressing his thankfulness that the young gentleman
+had caught hold of his handkerchief in time to avoid being carried into
+the loch before his grandfather had reached him. He said nothing about
+himself, nor did he seem to think that he was deserving of any praise.
+
+The laird and Captain Vallery drove towards home as fast as they could,
+but their anxiety to arrive at the end of their journey made the road
+appear much longer than it had on coming.
+
+Mrs Maclean wished to carry Robby on with her. To this, however, Alec
+would not agree.
+
+"No, Mrs Maclean," he answered, "he will do very well with me. I could
+not rest without him under my roof, and a sailor's son will be none the
+worse for a ducking." Robby was then lifted out of the carriage, and by
+his own request placed on the ground.
+
+"Please, Mrs Maclean, may I come over to-morrow to ask how the young
+gentleman is?" he said looking up. "I will ask God, when I say my
+prayers to-night, that he may be made well."
+
+"If your grandfather can spare you, we shall be glad to see you," said
+Mrs Maclean.
+
+"I must thank you for the interest you feel in my little grandson," said
+Mrs Leslie.
+
+Robby seemed much pleased. As long as the carriages were in sight he
+stood watching them, and then ran after his grandfather into the
+cottage.
+
+As soon as the party reached Glen Tulloch, Norman was carried up to bed.
+It was evident that he was very ill, he had been heated by scrambling
+about the rocks, and the cold water had given him a sudden chill.
+Before the next morning he was in a high fever. A doctor was sent for,
+but some hours elapsed before he arrived. He looked very grave and said
+that the little boy required the greatest care and watching.
+
+Mrs Leslie and her mamma insisted that Fanny should go to bed, and as
+she was always obedient, she did as they wished, but she could not go to
+sleep. All night long she thought of her little brother, and of the
+danger he was in, and oh! how earnestly she prayed that he might
+recover.
+
+Either his granny or mamma sat by his bedside throughout the night. He
+tumbled and tossed, his limbs and his head aching again and again, he
+saw little birds flitting backwards and forwards in the room.
+
+"Ah! ah! naughty boy, I am Pecksy's brother, you killed him; you know
+you did!" said one nodding its head, as it perched on the back of a
+chair, at the end of his bed. Then it flew away, and another came and
+said, "I am Pecksy's sister, naughty boy, you killed him, you know you
+did!" and it too nodded its head.
+
+A third and a fourth and a fifth came and chirped in plaintive tones,
+"Oh, why did you kill our dear little friend? you say you did not kill
+him; you know you did, you naughty boy!" and so they went on flying
+backwards and forwards, now concealed in the dark part of the room, and
+now appearing in the light of the lamp.
+
+In vain Norman tried to raise his voice--he could not even whisper--all
+he could do was to watch them with his aching eyes as they flitted to
+and fro. Oh! how he longed to get rid of them. Would they never go
+away? No; back they came, and twittered in the same mournful strain.
+"You killed our brother, you killed our friend; you know you did,
+naughty, naughty boy!"
+
+At length he could bear it no longer, and with a scream he exclaimed,
+"Oh, put them out of the room--catch them! catch them! take them away!
+I will be a good boy, indeed I will. I will never do such a thing
+again."
+
+Though he did not speak very distinctly, his mamma understood his words.
+
+"Take what away, dear? There is nothing in the room--there is nothing
+to hurt you."
+
+"The birds! the birds! Oh yes, oh yes, the birds, the birds, I see them
+again," cried Norman, with his eyes wide open, staring into the air.
+
+In vain Mrs Vallery tried to soothe him. He still cried out, "Take the
+birds away!" He did not even know her.
+
+"Naughty woman, do as I tell you! Don't let the birds come and tease
+me," he cried out.
+
+Strange as it may seem, he did not once speak of his fall from the rock
+into the water, or of the danger he had run on that occasion.
+
+Thus the night passed on.
+
+As soon as it was morning, Fanny hurried to her little brother's room.
+Her grief and pain were very great when she heard him crying out, "Take
+the birds away, oh, don't let them tease me!"
+
+She sat down on a stool by his bedside.
+
+Her papa soon came, and he and her mamma hung over Norman, anxiously
+watching him, but though he opened his eyes wide, he did not recognise
+them.
+
+"Go away, go away, I do not want you," he murmured.
+
+Even when his mamma took his hand and affectionately bent down over him,
+he gazed at her as if she was a stranger.
+
+Fanny could scarcely restrain her grief to see him thus.
+
+The doctor came back as early as he could, after visiting a patient some
+miles off. Fanny anxiously waited to hear his report.
+
+"The little fellow may do well, but the fever is not yet at its height,
+and we shall be able to judge better to-morrow," he said.
+
+"Oh, how dreadful it will be to have to wait all that time," thought
+Fanny.
+
+She was sent out of the room several times by her mamma, as she could do
+nothing, and as often stole back again, only feeling at rest when seated
+by her young brother's bedside.
+
+At last Norman appeared to drop off to sleep, and her granny, who had
+taken her mamma's place, whispered that she must go out and enjoy some
+fresh air.
+
+Just as she descended the steps, she saw old Alec and little Robby
+coming towards the house. Robby darted forward to meet her.
+
+"O Mistress Fanny, how is the young gentleman?" he asked in an eager
+tone.
+
+"My brother is very, very ill," answered Fanny, unable to restrain her
+tears.
+
+Robby looked very sad, but his countenance brightened up in a little
+time as he said--
+
+"Don't cry, young lady, grandfather and I have been praying that God
+will take care of Master Norman, and make him well--I am sure He will--
+so don't cry, don't cry."
+
+Fanny dried her tears, for she had the same hope in her heart,
+remembering that she, too, had been praying, and she knew that God hears
+children's prayers as well as those of grown people.
+
+She thanked Robby and old Alec very much for coming to inquire for her
+brother, and asked them to come into the house as she was sure her papa
+and the laird and Mrs Maclean would like to see them. Her mamma was
+lying down to rest, and her granny was with Norman she knew, or they
+would like to see them too. Old Alec, however, declined, saying that he
+only came to ask after the young master, and that he must be back to
+attend to his cattle and sheep.
+
+He was going away, when the laird caught sight of him, and insisted on
+his coming in with Robby. Mrs Maclean loaded Robby with all sorts of
+things, and Captain Vallery wished to show his gratitude in some
+substantial way to old Alec and his little grandson, for saving Norman's
+life.
+
+Alec persisted that neither he nor the child wished for any reward for
+doing what was simply their duty.
+
+"That is no reason why I should not show my gratitude, and I will
+consult with the laird how I can best do so," answered the captain.
+
+For many days Norman remained very ill, and every day old Alec and the
+little boy came to inquire for him.
+
+"Robby will not rest till he has heard how the young master is going
+on," said his grandfather, "and though I tell him he cannot help him to
+get well, still he says he must come to ask how he is doing."
+
+Fanny spent every moment that she was allowed to do so in her brother's
+room.
+
+At length the doctor said that the complaint had taken a favourable
+turn, and that Norman would soon get well. He looked, however, very
+pale and thin, and very unlike the strong ruddy boy he had before
+appeared. Fanny was now allowed to be frequently with him. Their poor
+mamma, from her constant watching by his bedside, was herself made ill,
+and even granny required rest and fresh air.
+
+What an active attentive little nurse did Fanny make, and how pleasantly
+and gently she talked to Norman, telling him all sorts of things which
+she could think of, to interest him. She daily brought him his meals;
+he said that he would rather take them from her than from any one else,
+as the tea and broth and pudding always tasted nicer when she gave them
+to him.
+
+She had not liked to talk of Robby and Alec for fear of reminding him of
+Pecksy. One day when she brought him a cup of broth, and he was sitting
+propped up with pillows, he threw his arms round her neck.
+
+"You dear, kind sister," he said, "how good you are to me, and I have
+never been good to you; I don't think anybody else would be as kind to
+me if I had treated them as I have you."
+
+"Oh, but you know I love you, Norman, and though you have been angry
+sometimes, that should not make me cease to love you. But here, take
+the broth, and then I will tell you that not only I, but others care for
+you, and have prayed that you might be made well, whom you have treated
+rudely and ill."
+
+Norman took the broth and then he asked--
+
+"Who are they who care for me besides mamma and perhaps granny?"
+
+"Of course, granny cares for you very much indeed," said Fanny, who did
+not like her brother to say that. "And so do others;" and then she told
+him how day after day old Alec and Robby had come to the house to
+inquire for him, how grieved Robby had been when he heard that he was
+ill, and how thankful when he was told that he was recovering.
+
+"That little boy!" exclaimed Norman; "why, I always abused him and
+scolded him, and now I remember I kicked him in the carriage, and called
+him names when he ran after me. It was he who threw the end of his
+handkerchief to me, when I fell into the water. Oh yes! and I pulled
+him in too, when he was trying to help me, and he might have been
+drowned. He can only hate me, I should think."
+
+"Far from hating you, he has forgotten entirely how ill you treated him,
+and has been as anxious as any one about you," said Fanny.
+
+"Oh, I have been a very naughty boy, I will try to be so no more. I
+know I said that before, but now I will really try to do what I am told,
+and be kind and gentle to everybody, as granny said I ought to be, and I
+will pray to God to help me to be so. I before thought that I was going
+to be good, but I did not pray, I wanted to be good all by myself, and I
+know that I was very soon as bad as ever."
+
+How thankful Fanny felt when she heard Norman say this; again and again
+she kissed him, and with joy afterwards told her granny and her mamma
+what he had said.
+
+From this time Norman rapidly got better, and was soon able to be
+dressed and go downstairs. Fanny was delighted to draw him about the
+grounds in the little cart, and in two or three days the doctor thought
+that he might take a drive in the pony carriage.
+
+"Oh then, let me go and see Robby," he exclaimed. "I want so much to
+thank him for saving me from being drowned, and for coming to ask about
+me."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER TWELVE.
+
+RIGHT AT LAST.
+
+The first fine day after Norman was allowed to go out, the laird kindly
+undertook to drive him and Fanny and their mamma and granny over to old
+Alec's cottage. Robby was much delighted to see the young gentleman.
+Norman, instead of treating him in the haughty way he had before,
+allowed himself to be led about by the little fellow, who wanted to show
+him his pet lamb and birds, and a little arbour, with a seat in it,
+which his grandfather had made for him.
+
+"Robby," said Norman, taking his hand, "I know I was very naughty, and
+that I treated you very ill, but if you will forgive me and let me be
+your friend, I shall be very thankful. I do indeed feel ashamed of
+myself."
+
+Fanny, who overheard this was more than ever satisfied that her
+brother's heart was really changed.
+
+Robby thanked Norman, and again told him how glad he was that he had got
+well, and that he would like to be his friend, and help him, and fight
+for him if needs be, more than anything else.
+
+The children spent a very happy morning, and the drive did Norman much
+good.
+
+Captain and Mrs Vallery were most anxious to show their gratitude to
+old Alec and his grandson. Mrs Vallery among other things they
+proposed doing, sent to the nearest town for some clothes suitable for
+little Robby. Mrs Maclean drove over with them, that she might tell
+her guests how their present was received. Robby opened the parcel
+himself and could scarcely believe that its contents were for him. He
+had never before, indeed, been so comfortably dressed. He was unable to
+find words to express his pleasure, but he did his best to say how
+grateful he felt for the unexpected gifts. Mrs Maclean undertook to
+see that he was in future well supplied with warm clothing. The laird
+likewise engaged a big lad to assist Alec in looking after his cattle
+and sheep, that Robby might be sent to school; and Captain Vallery
+purchased several animals, which he presented to the old man, observing
+that as now he had a servant he would be able to tend a larger number
+than formerly. Mrs Leslie also made him and his grandson several
+useful presents. Still Norman acknowledged that for his part, he owed
+them more than he could ever repay.
+
+At length the time came when Mrs Leslie and her daughter and
+son-in-law, with their children had to return South. The last visit to
+old Alec and his grandson was paid. They bade farewell to the kind
+laird and Mrs Maclean.
+
+The carriage drove to the door, and the journey was begun. Among the
+luggage was a mysterious package--what it contained Fanny was not
+allowed to know, and if she was curious about it, she so far restrained
+her curiosity as not to ask questions. Norman, however, seemed to be
+acquainted with its contents, and lifting up the thick covering placed
+over it, he was seen to pour in water and seeds from a little parcel of
+which his papa had charge.
+
+The railway was soon reached, and while at the station, Norman kept
+strict watch over the mysterious package.
+
+The party spent only one day in Edinburgh when the package was carried
+at once into Captain Vallery's room.
+
+During the journey from Edinburgh to London, it was placed under charge
+of the guard, who promised faithfully that no harm should befall it.
+
+How happy Fanny felt, when at length they reached their dear old home
+with granny quite well, in spite of the fatigue she had undergone, and
+Norman not only recovered, but evidently so very different to what he
+had been before. One of his first acts was to run up to Susan to tell
+her that he hoped she would find him a good boy. Trusty, who came out
+barking with delight, sprang up to lick the hand of everybody else, but
+carefully avoided Norman. Norman, however, called to him in a gentle
+voice, and when he came up patted his head and stroked his back, and
+Trusty wagged his tail as much as to say, "I am glad you are not afraid
+of me, and I hope we shall be good friends in future." Such they
+became, and many a romp had Trusty with the young gentleman.
+
+Fanny on going to her room, found Nancy in her doll's house ready to
+welcome her, and turning round what should she see but Miss Lucy,
+looking bright and fresh, with a low frock such as she wore when she
+first arrived. There were no marks on her neck, no disfiguring blotches
+on her face. If she was not the original Miss Lucy, she was so exactly
+like her that she must be, Fanny thought, her twin sister.
+
+"Oh how very kind," exclaimed Fanny, "I need have no fear now of leaving
+Miss Lucy by herself either in the drawing-room or elsewhere."
+
+After talking to her for some time, and introducing her to Nancy she ran
+downstairs, eager to thank her papa and mamma and granny, or whoever had
+obtained a new Miss Lucy for her.
+
+No one was in the drawing-room, but a minute afterwards Norman came in,
+carrying in his hand a gaily-painted bird-cage, with a beautiful little
+bird inside. The bird-cage was exactly the size of the mysterious
+package.
+
+"There, dear Fanny," he said, "we have brought it all the way from Glen
+Tulloch. I bought it with some money which papa gave me to do what I
+liked with. But I was afraid it might die on the journey, so I did not
+like to offer it you till arrived safely here. Will you take it, dear
+Fanny, and call it Pecksy? I hope it will be a happier little Pecksy
+than the last."
+
+For a moment Norman hung down his head, and then he looked up with a
+beaming smile as Fanny kissed him, and thanked him again and again for
+his gift.
+
+Norman then begged Fanny to come up to her room, and he there pointed
+out a hook which had been placed in the wall on which she might hang her
+bird-cage and reach it without difficulty, though too far off the ground
+for Trusty to frighten it, or for Kitty, the cat, even by exerting her
+utmost agility to reach it.
+
+Fanny thought herself the happiest little girl in existence.
+
+She showed Norman the new Miss Lucy, whose appearance astonished him
+even more than it had Fanny.
+
+Norman spent some happy weeks at home, and Mrs Norton expressed herself
+much pleased at the progress he made. The time then came for him to go
+to school, and after he had been there for some time, the master wrote
+word that he was among the most attentive and obedient of his pupils,
+and that he had not a word of complaint to make of him. All his friends
+felt very happy on receiving this information, and Fanny looked forward
+with delight for his return home for the holidays.
+
+He maintained his character, and though it cannot be said he has no
+faults, he undoubtedly does his best to overcome them, and I shall be
+very glad if all the young readers of this tale, will endeavour to do
+the same--trusting to the same help which he sought and obtained.
+
+THE END.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Norman Vallery, by W.H.G. Kingston
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK NORMAN VALLERY ***
+
+***** This file should be named 25928.txt or 25928.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/2/5/9/2/25928/
+
+Produced by Nick Hodson of London, England
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.